manualshive.com logo in svg

Dell 3130cn - Color Laser Printer, Service Manual

Share
Download
Dell 3130cn - Color Laser Printer Service Manual Download Page 51

1 - 25

Chapter 1   Troubleshooting

Version 3   2008.05.30

Toner

Error Yellow Cart
093-919

Remove Tape
from Yellow Cart

The sealing tape is still 
on the Yellow Cartridge.

Open the Front Cover.
Pull the toner seal 
straight up to remove it.
Please click the Show 
Me How Button for 
details.

093-919

<IOT Toner Seal Staying : on the 
default Print Cartridge>
The toner seal staying is detected.
When a new print cartridge is 
installed, the ADC sensor checks that 
the density of the toner patch on the 
transfer belt does not reach the spec-
ified value.

Flows 46 Y

Flows 47 M

Flows 48 C
Flows 49 K

FIP1.46 Y

FIP1.47 M

FIP1.48 C
FIP1.49 K

Error Magenta Cart
093-920

Remove Tape
from Magenta Cart

The sealing tape is still 
on the Magenta Car-
tridge.

Open the Front Cover.
Pull the toner seal 
straight up to remove it.
Please click the Show 
Me How Button for 
details.

093-920

Error Cyan Cart
093-921

Remove Tape
from Cyan Cart

The sealing tape is still 
on the Cyan Cartridge.

Open the Front Cover.
Pull the toner seal 
straight up to remove it.
Please click the Show 
Me How Button for 
details.

093-921

Error Black Cart
093-922

Remove Tape
from Black Cart

The sealing tape is still 
on the Black Cartridge.

Open the Front Cover.
Pull the toner seal 
straight up to remove it.
Please click the Show 
Me How Button for 
details.

093-922

Problem

Error Message

Error Contents

FIP to be 

referred

LCD

Status Window

Flip

Flip

Flip

Flip

Summary of Contents for 3130cn - Color Laser Printer

Page 1: ...Dell 3130cn Service Manual 21 Aug 2009 ...

Page 2: ...ten permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Trademarks used in this text Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and names of their products Dell Inc disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own ...

Page 3: ...ons etc FIP 1 P1 to 1 P15 terminological corrected FIP 1 N1 1 N3 terminological corrected 3rd May 30 2008 3rd version issued Section 1 FIP 1 5 Consumables life information added 2 3 Expression of an error message has been improved etc 3 1 Supplementary explanation etc was added Flows11 FIP1 11 deleted Flows22 32 57 61 supplementary sentence added Flows5 8 23 24 45 63 to 69 flows improved Flows30 4...

Page 4: ...L9 1 PL10 1 List changed Illustration changed PL12 2 Clerical error corrected Section 6 Principles of Operation 1 1 Illustration changed 1 2 Illustration changed 1 3 6 Neutralization deleted 1 3 6 Paragraph number changed 3 1 2 3 1 4 3 1 5 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 4 1 3 4 2 3 5 2 3 6 1 3 6 2 3 7 2 3 8 2 6 1 6 4 Illustration changed Section 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal information 2 2 Name correct...

Page 5: ...low of 016 317 and 016 340 was corrected Flows31 FIP1 31 The up loading of Firmware was added 4 3th August 21 2009 4 3th version issued Section 1 FIP Flows25 FIP1 25 The download procedure of FW by the download mode was added Only 016 317 Flows25 1 NEW The download procedure of FW by the download mode was newly added 016 340 Flows31 FIP1 31 The download procedure of FW by the download mode was add...

Page 6: ... for accidental or incidental damages UHVXOWLQJ IURP WHFKQLFDO or editorial errors or omissions in this manual the issue of this manual the H HFXWLRQ RI GHVFULSWLRQV in this manual or the use of this manual This document is protected by copyright Do not photocopy or duplicate any part of this document in any form without written permission from HOO QF ...

Page 7: ...jury may result If instructions are not observed injuries to workers or physical damage to assets including this laser printer may result Essentials for procedures steps rules and others Reference Incidental information to descriptions 3 Related documents Instruction manuals standard manuals Describe the operation and handling of this laser printer Performance specifications Describe in detail var...

Page 8: ...iving attention to safety 4 1 Power source Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation to prevent electric shock burns and other damages If the power supply should be kept connected to measure voltage or for other similar reasons take sufficient care to prevent electric shock by following the procedures in this manual While the printer is on never touch live parts if not requ...

Page 9: ...e printer to confirm the operation of driving part 4 3 High temperature units When servicing high temperature units securing unit etc be sure to turn them off to prevent burns injuries and other troubles Remove the power plug and start service processes after they have cooled down sufficiently Because high temperature units are still hot after they complete an operation wait at least 40 minutes be...

Page 10: ...is manual You should be well aware that the laser beams are capable of injuring you and other people near the printer Laser beams have features as follows Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams sun and electric bulbs and phases are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance Being highly conve...

Page 11: ... caution labels Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents Check those labels for their peeling or stains when servicing the printer 4 5 1 Caution label for high temperature units Zna00004KB ...

Page 12: ...vii Version 3 2008 05 30 4 5 2 Caution label for toner cartridges Zna00005KB ...

Page 13: ...viii Version 3 2008 05 30 Zna00006KB ...

Page 14: ...ix Version 3 2008 05 30 4 5 3 Caution label for MPF Zna00008KB ...

Page 15: ...x Version 3 2008 05 30 4 5 4 Caution label for print head Zna00009KA ...

Page 16: ...xi Version 1 2007 12 28 4 5 5 Caution label for transfer belt Zna00007KA ...

Page 17: ...xii Version 1 2007 12 28 4 5 6 Caution label for duplex Zna00011KA ...

Page 18: ...npacking the Printer The printer must be carried horizontally with two or more persons Take extreme care to avoid personal injuries Check visually the printer for evidence of any damages Peel all tapes off the printer Zna00012KB ...

Page 19: ...xiv Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 20: ...el for toner cartridges vii 4 5 3 Caution label for MPF ix 4 5 4 Caution label for print head x 4 5 5 Caution label for transfer belt xi 4 5 6 Caution label for duplex xii Unpacking the Printer xiii Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 1 1 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 2 1 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures 3 1 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations 4 1 Chapter 5 Parts List 5 1 Chapter 6 P...

Page 21: ...13 007 340 04 Restart Printer 1 47 Flows 14 007 371 Restart Printer 1 48 Flows 15 009 360 Restart Printer 1 49 Flows 16 009 361 Restart Printer 1 50 Flows 17 009 362 Restart Printer 1 51 Flows 18 009 363 Restart Printer 1 52 Flows 19 009 654 01 Restart Printer 1 53 Flows 20 009 654 02 Restart Printer 1 55 Flows 21 010 317 Restart Printer 1 57 Flows 22 010 351 Restart Printer 1 58 Flows 23 010 354 ...

Page 22: ...4 Flows 62 Ready to Print 010 421 1 115 Flows 63 Tray Detached 024 946 007 912 1 116 Flows 64 Load Tray 024 947 1 117 Flows 65 Close Front Cover 077 300 1 118 Flows 66 Invalid ID 016 383 Range Chk Error 016 384 Header Error 016 385 Check Sum Error 016 386 Format Error 016 387 1 119 Flows 67 Out of Memory 016 700 1 120 Flows 68 Disc Full 016 980 1 121 Flows 69 Collate Full 016 981 1 122 Flows 70 01...

Page 23: ...FIP1 13 007 340 04 Restart Printer 1 189 FIP1 14 007 371 Restart Printer 1 191 FIP1 15 009 360 Restart Printer 1 193 FIP1 16 009 361 Restart Printer 1 194 FIP1 17 009 362 Restart Printer 1 195 FIP1 18 009 363 Restart Printer 1 196 FIP1 19 009 654 01 Restart Printer 1 197 FIP1 20 009 654 02 Restart Printer 1 199 FIP1 21 010 317 Restart Printer 1 201 FIP1 22 010 351 Restart Printer 1 202 FIP1 23 010...

Page 24: ...3 973 1 256 FIP1 57 CRUM ID 009 371 1 257 FIP1 58 Ready to Print 094 422 1 258 FIP1 59 Insert Belt Unit 094 910 1 259 FIP1 60 Belt Unit 094 911 1 260 FIP1 61 010 359 Restart Printer 1 261 FIP1 62 Ready to Print 010 421 1 262 FIP1 63 Tray Detached 024 946 007 912 1 263 FIP1 64 Load Tray 024 947 1 264 FIP1 65 Close Front Cover 077 300 1 265 FIP1 66 Invalid ID 016 383 Range Chk Error 016 384 Header E...

Page 25: ...aper transport direction 1 294 FIP 1 P6 Vertical stripes 1 298 FIP 1 P7 Horizontal stripes 1 300 FIP 1 P8 Partial Deletion 1 302 FIP 1 P9 Spots 1 304 FIP 1 P10 Afterimage Ghost 1 306 FIP 1 P11 Grey Background 1 308 FIP 1 P12 Skew 1 309 FIP 1 P13 Paper damage 1 311 FIP 1 P14 Unfusing 1 313 FIP 1 P15 Color Registration Color Shift 1 314 5 2 Operation Mode Table 1 318 FIP 1 N1 When Power is Turned On...

Page 26: ...Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS Version 4 3 2009 08 21 Blank Page ...

Page 27: ...sure that preliminary checks should be made to confirm the trouble status before proceeding to the Fault Isolation Procedure FIP Operation of Diagnostic Chapter 2 Wiring Diagrams Chapter 7 and Principles of Operation Chapter 6 1 1 Flow of Troubleshooting Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows Check installation status Check trouble status Execute FIP Check for recovery End Replace the Printer O...

Page 28: ...o high low temperature humidity and sudden tem perature changes 5 The printer is not installed at or near water facilities humidifier heating appliance fire dust or in airflow from air conditioner 6 The printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas 7 The printer is not installed under direct sunlight 8 The printer is installed in a well ventilated place 9 The printer...

Page 29: ... the connector P J16 on the PWBA MCU unless otherwise required When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON be sure to remove the connector P J16 on the MCU Otherwise a high voltage may be output from the HVPS When connecting the connecter P J16 on the MCU according to the instructions in the FIP never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts 4 When outputting a hi...

Page 30: ...J3 7 P J1 P J2 in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between P J1 and P J2 based on Wiring Diagrams 8 In P J1 2PIN P J3 4PIN in the FIP where voltage is measured P J3 4PIN on the rear negative side is always at the AG analog ground SG signal ground or RTN return Therefore after checking of proper conductivity between AGs SGs or RTNs respectively the rear negative side can be...

Page 31: ...led Tray 1 and the cassette below it is called Tray 2 15 Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications Follow the applicable instruction 16 For some optional components you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for troubleshooting Have the relevant manual at hand as needed ...

Page 32: ...rom the operator panel have no effect check and try the actions below Settings in the software program the printer driver or the printer utilities are overriding the set tings made on the operator panel a Change the menu settings from the printer driver the printer utilities or the software pro gram instead of the operator panel b Disable the settings in the printer driver the printer utilities or...

Page 33: ...below a Remove the stack of envelops from the multiple purpose feeder MPF 5 If page breaks in unexpected places check and try the action below a Check the Job Timeout in the Basic Settings menu and increase the value 6 If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media check and try the action below a Check the Paper Size and Paper Type in the Tray Settings menu on the printer opera...

Page 34: ...he paper fibers in a sheet of paper Grain is either grain long running the length of the paper or grain short running the width of the paper For 60 to 135 g m2 16 to 36 lb bond paper grain long fibers are recommended For papers heavier than 135 g m2 36 lb bond grain short is preferred Fiber Content Most high quality xerographic paper is made from 100 chemically pulped wood Paper containing fibers ...

Page 35: ...n the paper package 3 Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself 4 Do not mix print media sizes weights or types in the same source This may result in a paper jam 5 Do not remove trays while a job is printing or Printing is displayed on the operator panel 6 Make sure the Paper Type and Paper Size settings are correct 7 Make sure the paper is properly loaded in the tray 8 Flex paper bac...

Page 36: ...on Life over Indication Print Cartridge Y M C K When the remaining life of the Print Car tridge reaches approximately 25 the following messages are displayed Example Print Cartridge for Yellow Panel Status Window The Yellow Cartridge needs to be replaced soon 093 423 NOTE The message displayed varies depending on the color of the Print Car tridge When the Print Cartridge reaches its end of life th...

Page 37: ...r details 010 351 Belt Unit When the remaining life of the Belt Unit reaches approximately 20 the follow ing messages are displayed Panel Status Window Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 094 422 When the Belt Unit reaches its end of life the following messages are dis played Panel Status Window The Belt Unit needs to be replaced now Remove the used Belt Unit and install a new one...

Page 38: ...erating method correct Turn off and turn on the Power Does error still occur when print is done by the problem mode When status code or LCD display is displayed When image quality trouble is occurred When abnormal noise is occurred Instruct how to operate End of work Refer to 2 3 Status Code List Refer to 3 Error Code FIP Refer to 4 1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting Refer to 4 4 Imag...

Page 39: ...40 Line2 Code 01 or 02 to 14 1 Flows 3 Other than Code 09 Flows 4 Code 09 FIP1 3 Other than Code 09 FIP1 4 Code 09 1 The error code number varies depending on the error contents 01 02 04 05 0B 14 Unexpected firmware trap error 03 I2C retry error 07 Master fail 1 error 08 Master fail 2 error 09 NVM illegal data error 0A Over dispense error 003 356 Restart Printer Contact Support IfMessageReturns Pr...

Page 40: ...is repeated 007 340 01 or 02 to 04 1 IOT Motor Failure Motor failure is detected Pressing three keys L K 3 shows detail error code Line1 007 340 Line2 Code 01 or 02 to 04 1 Flows 9 Main Motor Flows 10 Sub Motor Flows 12 PH Motor Flows 13 Option Feeder Motor FIP1 9 Main Motor FIP1 10 Sub Motor FIP1 12 PH Motor FIP1 13 Option Feeder Motor 1 The error code number varies depending on the error content...

Page 41: ...09 654 Restart Printer Contact Support IfMessageReturns Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 009 654 01 or 02 1 IOT ADC Sensor Error ADC sensor sensed the high density or low density Pressing three keys L K 3 shows detail error code Line1 009 654 Line2 Code 01 or 02 1 Flows 19 ADC fail 1 high Flows 20 ADC fail 2 low FIP1 19 AD...

Page 42: ...s 01 NC circuit fail error 02 NCD snap out error 03 NCD fail error 04 NCC snap out error 05 NC comp fail error 06 NC STS temp over error 07 STS NC temp over error 08 NC comp fail error 09 NC overheat error 0A STS snap out error 0B STS overheat error 0C Low temp1 error 0D Low temp2 error 0E Timeout 1 error 0F Timeout 2 error 10 Timeout 3 error 11 Relay cutoff 1 error 12 Relay cutoff 2 error 13 Rela...

Page 43: ...tomer support if this failure is repeated 016 313 ESS ASIC Fail The error is detected by ASIC error Flows 25 FIP1 25 016 315 Restart Printer Contact Support IfMessageReturns Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 016 315 ESS On Board RAM R W Check Fail The error is detected by on board RAM R W check during initialization Flows 2...

Page 44: ...IP1 25 016 338 Restart Printer Reseat Wireless Contact Support Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 016 338 Wireless Option Error The error is detected by Wireless option check Flows 28 FIP1 28 016 340 Restart Printer Contact Support IfMessageReturns Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer supp...

Page 45: ...seat HDD Contact Support Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 016 361 ESS PCI Option 0 Fail Detection error of PCI option 0 Flows 26 FIP1 26 016 365 Restart Printer Reseat NPA Contact Support Printer error Turn off the printer and turn it on again Contact customer support if this failure is repeated 016 365 HW Key Option Fatal...

Page 46: ... Me How Button for details 075 100 IOT MPF Misfeed JAM The Regi sensor is not turned ON within the specified time Flows 35 FIP1 35 Paper Jam 077 100 Open Front Cover Remove Paper Paper Jam has occurred at the Print Cartridge Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and remove the jammed paper 077 100 IOT Reg1 JAM Fuser Exit Senor does not turn ON after a paper is detected by Registra tion Sens...

Page 47: ...has occurred at the Duplexer Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and the Belt Unit Then remove the jammed paper 077 105 IOT Duplexer2 JAM Duplexer Senor does not turn ON after switching back a paper Flows 39 FIP1 39 Paper Jam 077 106 Open Front Cover Belt Unit Remove Paper Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer Push the Side Button to open the Front Cover and the Belt Unit Then remove the...

Page 48: ...sor within the specified time Flows 40 FIP1 40 Paper Jam 077 903 Open Tray1 Remove Paper Open close Front Cover Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 Clear the paper path Please click the Show Me How Button for details 077 903 IOT Feed JAM The arrival time of the regi sensor is early than the specified time Flows 41 FIP1 41 Paper Jam 077 907 Open Front Cover Belt Unit Remove Paper Paper Jam has occ...

Page 49: ... size in tray and specified paper size are different Load the specified paper in MPF Paper Size A4 Paper Type Plain 024 914 Load Tray 1 024 965 Load Tray 1 A4 Paper Size Load Tray 1 Plain Paper Type No paper detected Load the specified paper in Tray 1 Paper Size A4 Paper Type Plain 024 965 IOT No Suitable Paper The specified tray is paper empty size mismatch or type mismatch Flows 44 FIP1 44 Load ...

Page 50: ...move the unsup ported Magenta Car tridge and install a supported one Please click the Show Me How Button for details 009 368 CRUM ID 009 369 Reseat Yellow Cartridge An unsupported Yellow Cartridge is installed Open the Front Cover Remove the unsup ported Yellow Cartridge and install a supported one Please click the Show Me How Button for details 009 369 CRUM ID 009 370 Reseat Black Cartridge An un...

Page 51: ... M FIP1 48 C FIP1 49 K Error Magenta Cart 093 920 Remove Tape from Magenta Cart The sealing tape is still on the Magenta Car tridge Open the Front Cover Pull the toner seal straight up to remove it Please click the Show Me How Button for details 093 920 Error Cyan Cart 093 921 Remove Tape from Cyan Cart The sealing tape is still on the Cyan Cartridge Open the Front Cover Pull the toner seal straig...

Page 52: ... Error Magenta Cart 093 951 Remove Sheet from Magenta Cart The protection cover is still on the Magenta Car tridge Open the Front Cover Remove the protection cover Please click the Show Me How Button for details 093 951 Error Cyan Cart 093 952 Remove Sheet from Cyan Cart The protection cover is still on the Cyan Car tridge Open the Front Cover Remove the protection cover Please click the Show Me H...

Page 53: ...IP1 51 Replace Cart 093 931 Reseat Magenta Cartridge The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced now Open the Front Cover Then remove the used Magenta Cartridge and install a new one Please click the Show Me How Button for details 093 931 Replace Cart 093 932 Reseat Cyan Cartridge The Cyan Cartridge need to be replaced now Open the Front Cover Then remove the used Cyan Cartridge and install a new on...

Page 54: ...ame time a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order 1 Black 2 Cyan 3 Magenta 4 Yellow Flows 52 FIP1 52 Ready to Print 093 424 Magenta Cartridge Is close to Life The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced soon 093 424 Ready to Print 093 425 Cyan Cartridge Is close to Life The Cyan Cartridge need to be replaced soon 093 425 Ready to Print 093 426 Black Cartridge Is close to Life T...

Page 55: ... 56 K Insert PrintCart 093 971 Insert Magenta Cartridge The Magenta Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer Open the Front Cover and make sure that the Magenta Cartridge have been fully installed Please click the Show Me How Button for details 093 971 Insert PrintCart 093 972 Insert Cyan Cartridge The Cyan Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printe...

Page 56: ...he Belt Unit Counter is going to reach the replacement time Flows 58 FIP1 58 Insert Belt Unit 094 910 Insert Belt Unit The Belt Unit is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer Open the Front Cover and make sure that the Belt Unit have been fully installed Please click the Show Me How Button for details 094 910 IOT Belt Unit Detached The Belt Unit Detached is detected Flows 59 FIP1 59...

Page 57: ...er sup port if this failure is repeated 010 421 IOT Fuser Life Warning The Fuser Counter is going to reach the replacement time Flows 62 FIP1 62 Tray Tray Detached 024 946 Push In Tray 1 No Message IOT Tray Detached The paper cassette Tray1 is detached The Tray Size Switch detected the no tray Flows 63 FIP1 63 Tray Detached 024 947 Push In Tray 2 No Message IOT Tray Detached The paper cassette Tra...

Page 58: ...385 Data Violation Press 3 Firmware download header checksum error has occurred Press the Set Button Contact customer sup port if this failure is repeated 016 385 Download Error The header information is invalid Flows 66 FIP1 66 Check Sum Error 016 386 Data Violation Press 3 Firmware download checksum error has occurred Press the Set Button Contact customer sup port if this failure is repeated 016...

Page 59: ...Error An error occurred verifying the Flash Flows 25 FIP1 25 Out of Memory 016 700 Job too Large Press 3 The printer memory is full and cannot continue processing the current print job Press Set Button to clear the message can cel the current print job Please click the Show Me How Button for details 016 700 Memory Over flow The printer memory is full and cannot continue processing the current prin...

Page 60: ...ress 3 Authentication error has occurred The account is not regis tered Please inquire of the system administrator 016 757 Auditron Error An error occurred because the user s account settings did not match those of the Administrator Flows 71 FIP1 69 Disabled Func 016 758 Denied Col print Press 3 Function unavailable It is a function that can not be used Please inquire of the system administrator 0...

Page 61: ...s 74 FIP1 70 Ready to Print 193 700 non DELL Toner Installed No Message Custom Toner Mode The printer is in custom toner mode Flows 75 FIP1 71 Over Heat 042 700 cooling down Please Wait An internal temperature of the printer became a high temperature Please wait for a while until falling in tempera ture 042 700 IOT Over Heat Stop The temp sensor sensed high tem perature Flows 76 FIP1 72 Ready to P...

Page 62: ...Panel FAN ON PC in diagnosis In the test close the INTERLOCK SWITCH Replace the FAN MAIN Removal 32 Replacement12 and the LVPS Removal 35 Replacement 9 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer Checking the FAN MAIN No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 01 displayed ...

Page 63: ... Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP Removal 5 Replacement 39 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 02 displayed on the LCD Go to Flows 1 END Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Removal 5 Replaceme...

Page 64: ...le cause go to FIP1 73 Electrical Noise and check to make sure Does the error still occur after several ON OFF operations of power No Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 or Checking the Electrical Noise Flows 77 or FIP 1 73 END 1 Checking the error occurring No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Co...

Page 65: ...he power is turned off and on No Yes Replace the HVPS Refer to Removal 34 Replacement 10 and the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 END Checking the error No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 09 displayed on the LCD Go to Flows 3 ...

Page 66: ...s code address code on a memory is shown below Code 1000 1FFF EEPROM of PWBA MCU 3100 31FF HVPS 3800 38FF PWBA EEPROM XPRO 3A00 3AFF Belt CRUM 3C00 3CFF Fuser CRUM Handle these codes as follows When 1000 1FFF is displayed Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 When 3100 31FF is displayed Replace the HVPS Refer to Removal 34 Replacement 10 When 3800 38FF is displayed Replace the Pr...

Page 67: ...l Feeder installing Reseat the Optional Feeder Removal 44 Replacement 46 Checking after replacing the Optional Feeder Replace the Optional Feeder Removal 44 Replacement 46 No Yes Replace the Printer Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Does the error still occur when turning on the power END ...

Page 68: ...r still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes Checking Optional Duplexer installation to the printer Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP Removal 5 Replacement 39 END END Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes Replace the Printer Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Removal 5 Replacement 39 ...

Page 69: ...art Printer Yes No Checking the error Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the ROS ASSY Removal 36 Replacement 8 END Yes No Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON END Replace the Printer There is doubt about wire separation ...

Page 70: ...e Main Motor No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Does the Main Motor function normally Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover In the test close the front cover Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Removal 38 Replacement 6 No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L ke...

Page 71: ...s displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 01 displayed on the LCD 00 Flows 9 03 Flows 12 04 Flows 13 Checking the Sub Motor No Yes Does the Sub Motor function normally Checked by Digital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover In the test close the front cover Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Removal 38 Replacement 6 END Replac...

Page 72: ...k rolls by your finger No Replace the FEEDER ASSY Yes No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 03 displayed on the LCD 00 Flows 9 02 Flows 11 04 Flows 13 Checking the PH Motor No Yes Does the PH Motor function normally Checked by Digital Output DO a Control Panel PH MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis During the test clos...

Page 73: ...code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 04 displayed on the LCD 00 Flows 9 02 Flows 11 03 Flows 12 No Yes Checking the Feed Motor for rotation Does the Feed Motor function normally Checked by Digital Output DO 19 Control Panel OPTION FEEDER1 MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover Replace the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Refer to...

Page 74: ...sion 3 2008 05 30 Flows 14 007 371 Restart Printer No Yes Checking after replacing the DRIVE ASSY K Replace the DRIVE ASSY K Refer to Removal 28 Replacement 16 Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Replace the Printer ...

Page 75: ...rtridge Checking the Yellow Print Cartridge for installation Reseat the Yellow Print Cartridge Set to the Non DELL Toner Mode or replace to the DELL toner Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY Y Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY Y Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END ...

Page 76: ...tridge Checking the Magenta Print Cartridge for installation Reseat the Magenta Print Cartridge Set to the Non DELL Toner Mode or replace to the DELL toner Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY M Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY M Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END ...

Page 77: ...Cartridge Checking the Cyan Print Cartridge for installation Reseat the Cyan Print Cartridge Set to the Non DELL Toner Mode or replace to the DELL toner Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY C Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY C Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END ...

Page 78: ...artridge Checking the Black Print Cartridge for installation Reseat the Black Print Cartridge Set to the Non DELL Toner Mode or replace to the DELL toner Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY K Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY K Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END ...

Page 79: ...FER ASSY Checking the toner density No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes Replace the Printer END END Is there the dark color Compare the density of four colors toner Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis No Yes Checking the detail error code A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 01 displayed on the LCD Go to ...

Page 80: ...eration No Yes Replace the corresponding CARTRIDGE ASSY Refer to Removal 6 Replacement 38 Does the ADC Sensor operate normally Checked by Digital Output DO 37 Control Panel CTD SOLENOID ON PC in diagnosis Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 and the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 A ...

Page 81: ...de is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 02 displayed on the LCD Go to Flows 19 Checking the toner density No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes Replace the Printer END Is there the light color Compare the density of four colors toner Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis Checking the four CARTRIDGE ASSY for installation Reseat the...

Page 82: ...ment 8 Checking the ADC Sensor solenoid of TRANSFER ASSY for operation No Yes Does the ADC Sensor operate normally Checked by Digital Output DO 37 Control Panel CTD SOLENOID ON PC in diagnosis Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 and the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 ...

Page 83: ...No Yes Checking FUSER ASSY installation Is FUSER ASSY installed correctly Reseat the FUSER ASSY Removal 8 Replacement 36 Does the error still occur after several ON OFF operations of power No Yes END 1 Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Removal 8 Replacement 36 Yes No Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON END Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement ...

Page 84: ...ts end of life and needs replacing Immediately replace the Fuser ASSY with a new one If this error code is displayed although the Fuser ASSY has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on No Yes Replace the Printer Checking the Fuser ASSY installing Reseat the Fuser ASSY END ...

Page 85: ... humidity are displayed No Yes Checking the temperature and humidity inside a machine Checked by Get Environment Sensor Info of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box END Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes Replace the PWBA the SENSOR HUM Removal 29 Replacement 15 END Replace the Printer ...

Page 86: ...he power No Yes Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Checking the FUSER ASSY installation Reseat the FUSER ASSY Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END END Replace the LVPS Removal 35 Replacement 9 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer ...

Page 87: ...lays a message Writing F W and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes and never interrupt the downloading pro cess Replace the PWBA ESS Removal 26 Replacement 18 No Yes Check whether the version of the firmware is the latest referring to the Printer Information via ...

Page 88: ...BA ESS Removal 26 Replacement 18 Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website and update the firmware with F W Download DL Mode Refer to Refernce_2 Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on No Yes END Changing the IP address Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address...

Page 89: ...he network cable Then try downloading as follows 1 Power on the printer while pressing the X Cancel and 3 buttons 2 Press T button to select F W Download DL Mode Parallel or F W Download DL Mode USB and then press 3 button 3 The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message Download Mode Ready Then activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed While the firmware download ...

Page 90: ...SY OPTION for installation Reseat the HDD ASSY OPTION Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes END Checking after replacing the HDD ASSY OPTION Replace the HDD ASSY OPTION Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes END Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 ...

Page 91: ...ory Card Checking after replacing the Memory Card Replace the Memory Card No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power Replace PWBA ESS Removal 26 Replacement 18 END Does the error still occur when turning on the power END No Yes Checking the Memory Card Is the memory card recommended by Dell used Use the memory card recommended by Dell ...

Page 92: ...fter turning OFF the Power No Yes Is the Wireless Printer Adapter connected to the USB port on the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Connect the Wireless Printer Adapter to the USB port on the PWBA ESS No Yes Checking after replacing the Wireless Printer Adapter Replace the Wireless Printer Adapter Does the err...

Page 93: ...another PC and cable Check the PC setting and disconnection of the cable Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 When there are not substitute the PC and the cable Does the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the connector connection Reconnect the printer and the PC with the cable Replace the cable and the PWBA ESS Replacement 26 Removal 18 END ...

Page 94: ...etwork Adapter Reseat the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes END Checking after replacing the Network Adapter Replace the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Refer to Removal 48 Replacement 49 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes END Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 Checking the Network Adapter Is the Network ...

Page 95: ...Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on END Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS Removal 26 Replacement 18 No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 END No Yes Does the error still occur when turning on the power Replace the Printer END Checking the error No Yes Does the error still occur ...

Page 96: ...de Parallel or F W Download DL Mode USB and then press 3 button 3 The printer goes into the Download Mode with a message Download Mode Ready Then activate firmware update tool and follow the instruction displayed While the firmware download is being executed the printer displays a message Writing F W and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process Never...

Page 97: ...USER Example FUSER for 100V XX 0M507D XXXXX XXX XXXX PPID No Checking the FUSER ASSY type Note The PPID numbers of the FUSER ASSY for 3130cn are as follows PPID No For 100V 0M507D PPID No For 110V 0M508D PPID No For 220V 0M509D No Yes Replace the Printer Is the FUSER ASSY for 3130cn installed Install the FUSER ASSY for 3130cn ...

Page 98: ...tte installation Reseat the Tray1 paper cassette A Replace the paper with a new and dry one Is the paper in the Tray wrinkled or damaged No Yes Checking the paper size setting Set the proper paper size for printing Does the error still occur during the printing END No Yes Does the error still occur during the printing END No Yes Does the paper size in use match the size set ...

Page 99: ...s Checking the Clutch ASSY PH Feed for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Removal 17 Replacement 27 Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Does the DRIVE ASSY PH operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO a Control Panel PH MOTOR FULL PC in diagnosis Does the CLUTCH ASSY PH operate properly Checked by D...

Page 100: ... Tray2 installation Reseat the 550 OPTION FEEDER Tray2 A Replace the paper with a new and dry one Is the paper in the Tray wrinkled or damaged No Yes Checking the paper size setting Set the proper paper size for printing Does the error still occur during the printing END No Yes Does the error still occur when printing END No Yes Does the paper size in use match the size set ...

Page 101: ...LUTCH ASSY PH FEED Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Does the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 19 Control Panel OPTION FEEDER1 MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Does the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 31 Control Panel CASSETTE2 FEED CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis No Yes Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the...

Page 102: ...2 Replacement 4 Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Are ROLL ASSY TURN and ROLL ASSY FEEDs installed correctly Also are they not contaminated or damaged and rotate smoothly Check these items by turning them with your fingers No Replace the ROLL ASSY TURN and ROLL ASSY FEED Yes Does the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 33 Control Panel ...

Page 103: ...ID FEED MSI for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the SOLENOID FEED MSI Refer to Removal15 Replacement 29 Does the SOLENOID FEED MSI operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 2d Control Panel MSI FEED CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis A Checking the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN for operation Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 No Ye...

Page 104: ...ate properly Checked by Digital Output DO a Control Panel PH MOTOR FULL PC in diagnosis No Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Refer to Removal 17 Replacement 27 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Yes Are the ROLL ASSY SEPARATER ROLL ASSY FEED MSI and ROLL ASSY TURN installed correctly Also are they not contaminated and or damaged and rotate smoothly No Replace the ROLL ASSY SEPARATER R...

Page 105: ...ital Output DO 29 Control Panel REGI CLUTCH ON PC in the diagnosis Replace the printer Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENEOR for operation No Yes Does the number on the screen increase by one when the actuator ACTUATOR B is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 3 Control Panel REG SNR PC in the diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Checking the ACTUATOR B for shape and o...

Page 106: ...in diagnosis No Yes Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure Checking the REGI ROLLs installation Open the Front Cover and check the REGI ROLLs installation Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Replace the printer Checking the REGI CLUTCH for operation No Yes Does the clutch noise occur Checked by Digital Output DO 29 Control Panel REGI C...

Page 107: ...DUPLEX CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis Checking the MOTOR ASSY DUP for operation No Yes Does the MOTOR ASSY DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 13 Control Panel DUPLEX MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Checking the Rolls installation Are the Rolls on the FEEDER ASSY DUP installed correctly No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Remo...

Page 108: ... Motor operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO a Control Panel PH MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for operation No Yes Does the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR operate properly Checked by Digital Output DI 3 Control Panel REGI SNR PC in diagnosis Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Refer to Removal 17 Replacement 27 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to ...

Page 109: ...tput DI 1 Control Panel DUP SNR PC in diagnosis Checking the CLUTCH DUP for operation No Yes Does the CLUTCH DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 35 Control Panel DUPLEX CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis Checking the Rolls installation Are the Rolls on the FEEDER ASSY DUP installed correctly No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer...

Page 110: ...R ASSY DUP for operation No Yes Does the MOTOR ASSY DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 13 Control Panel DUPLEX MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 A ...

Page 111: ...dry one Is the paper in the Tray wrinkled or damaged No Yes Does the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the FUSER ASSY installation Reseat the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 No Yes Does the error still occur when printing END Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the EXIT SENSOR i...

Page 112: ...ontrol Panel REGI SNR PC in diagnosis No Yes Checking the sub motor for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Does the Main Motor operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Does the Sub Motor o...

Page 113: ...ed by Digital Output DO a Control Panel PH MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Are there any remain paper or foreign substance in the FUSER ASSY Yes Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 C Remove the paper or foreign substance No Yes Does the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 29 Control P...

Page 114: ...RANSFER ASSY for installation Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Checking the ROLL REGI RUBBER and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation Yes Are ROLL REGI RUBBER and ROLL REGI METAL installed correctly Also are they not contaminated and or damaged and rotate smoothly Check these ROLLs by turning them with your finger No Replace the defective ROLL s ...

Page 115: ... the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the paper feeding No Yes Does the multiple paper feed occur END Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 3 Control Panel REGI SNR PC in diagnosis Replace the FEEDER ASSY Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 ...

Page 116: ... error still occur when printing END No Yes Checking after reseating the FEEDER ASSY DUP Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP No Yes Does error still occur when printing END Reseat or replace the CHUTE DUP GATE Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT then check the latching No Yes Does the error still occur when printing END Are shape and the installation of the Duplex...

Page 117: ...NSOR PHOTO DUP JAM SENSOR for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO DUP JAM SENSOR is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 1 Control Panel DUP SNR PC in diagnosis Checking the CLUTCH DUP for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39...

Page 118: ...eplace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 No Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Removal 17 Replacement 27 Checking the PH motor for operation Does the MOTOR ASSY DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 13 Control Panel DUPLEX MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Does the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 2b Control Panel MSI TURN CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis Does the PH Motor...

Page 119: ...A Does the error still occur when printing Set the paper size through the control panel Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for operation No Yes Replace the FEEDER ASSY Removal 40 Replacement 4 No Yes Checking the Regi Roll Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Are the regi rolls rotated smoothly Check rolls by your finger Replace the defective ROLL s Does the number on the screen incre...

Page 120: ...uide Reseat the end guide of paper cassette No Yes No Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Does the error still occur when printing END Does the error still occur when printing END Checking after replacing the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 ...

Page 121: ...the printing job Checking the paper type Check the paper type below Paper in the cassette or the tray Paper type setting by the control panel Paper type of the printing job Are these paper type the same No Yes Change the paper the paper type setting or the printing job Tray 1 Checking the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MPF A B In specified the tray or the cassette is there the paper No Yes Checking the paper L...

Page 122: ...place the ACTUATOR ASSY MSI Checking the SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO MSI NO PAPER is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 10 Control Panel MSI NO PAPER PC in diagnosis No Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the MPF NO PAPER SENSOR Ref ...

Page 123: ...nel CST1 NO PAPER PC in diagnosis No Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the FEEDER ASSY Removal 40 Replacement 4 B Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER operate smoothly No Yes Replace the 550 OPTION FEEDER Removal 44 Replacement 46 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER is operat...

Page 124: ... the Print Cartridge Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes Checking after replacing the Print Cartridge Replace the Print Cartridge END Set the non DELL toner mode through the control panel Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Is the print cartridge installed the 3130 cn No Yes Checking the DELL toner type Replace the print cartridge for 3130cn Repl...

Page 125: ...Toner Tape Open the Front Cover to check if the Toner Tape is affixed on the Print Cartridge Y Remove the Toner Tape if present Checking the Toner Tape for staying Has the Toner Tape been pulled out No Yes Pull out the Toner Tape Checking the Print Cartridge Y installation Is the Print Cartridge Y installed correctly No Yes Reseat the Print Cartridge Y END Replace the Printer Slide the Print Cartr...

Page 126: ...Toner Tape Open the Front Cover to check if the Toner Tape is affixed on the Print Cartridge M Remove the Toner Tape if present Checking the Toner Tape for staying Has the Toner Tape been pulled out No Yes Pull out the Toner Tape Checking the Print Cartridge M installation Is the Print Cartridge M installed correctly No Yes Reseat the Print Cartridge M END Replace the Printer Slide the Print Cartr...

Page 127: ...Toner Tape Open the Front Cover to check if the Toner Tape is affixed on the Print Cartridge C Remove the Toner Tape if present Checking the Toner Tape for staying Has the Toner Tape been pulled out No Yes Pull out the Toner Tape Checking the Print Cartridge C installation Is the Print Cartridge C installed correctly No Yes Reseat the Print Cartridge C END Replace the Printer Slide the Print Cartr...

Page 128: ...Toner Tape Open the Front Cover to check if the Toner Tape is affixed on the Print Cartridge K Remove the Toner Tape if present Checking the Toner Tape for staying Has the Toner Tape been pulled out No Yes Pull out the Toner Tape Checking the Print Cartridge K installation Is the Print Cartridge K installed correctly No Yes Reseat the Print Cartridge K END Replace the Printer Slide the Print Cartr...

Page 129: ...rinter is operated without removing the Protect Cover or Protect Paper Open the Front Cover and check if the Protect Cover or Protect Paper is affixed on the Print Cartridges Y M C or K Remove the Protect Cover or Protect Paper if present Checking the Drum Protect Cover or Protect Paper for staying Has the Drum Protect Cover or Protect Paper removed No Yes Remove the Drum Protect Cover or Protect ...

Page 130: ...placing Immediately replace the Print Cartridge Y M C or K with a new one If this error code is displayed although the Print Cartridge Y M C or K has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Checking the Print Cartridge Y M C or K installing Reseat the Print Cartridge Y M C or K Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Yes No Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Repla...

Page 131: ...as not reached its end of life Immediately prepare a new Print Cartridge Y M C or K If this error code is displayed although the Print Cartridge Y M C or K has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Yes No Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 END Checking the Print Cartridge Y M C or K installing Reseat the Pri...

Page 132: ...ecking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY Y Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY Y Yes No Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Checking the SENSOR ASSY CRU Y END Yes No Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the CARTRIDGE ASSY Y is reseated Checked by Digital Input DI 8 Control Panel CRU Y PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the SENSOR...

Page 133: ...ecking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY M Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY M Yes No Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Checking the SENSOR ASSY CRU M END Yes No Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the CARTRIDGE ASSY M is reseated Checked by Digital Input DI 9 Control Panel CRU M PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the SENSOR...

Page 134: ...ecking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY C Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY C Yes No Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Checking the SENSOR ASSY CRU C END Yes No Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the CARTRIDGE ASSY C is reseated Checked by Digital Input DI b Control Panel CRU C PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the SENSOR...

Page 135: ...ecking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY K Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY K Yes No Does the error still occur when turning on the power END Checking the SENSOR ASSY CRU K END Yes No Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the CARTRIDGE ASSY K is reseated Checked by Digital Input DI a Control Panel CRU K PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the SENSOR...

Page 136: ...PPID No Is the TRANSFER ASSY for 3130cn installed Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON No Yes Replace the Printer Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for installation Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY END Checking the TRANSFER ASSY type Note The PPID No of the TRANSFER ASSY for 3130cn is as follows PPID No 0R298D No Yes Install the TRANSFER ASSY for 3130cn ...

Page 137: ...eached its end of life Immediately prepare a new Transfer ASSY Belt Unit If this error code is displayed although the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Checking the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit installing Reseat the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit No Yes ...

Page 138: ...SSY for installation Is the TRANSFER ASSY installed correctly Yes Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY END No Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 ...

Page 139: ...ediately replace the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit with a new one If this error code is displayed although the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 Checking the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit installing Reseat the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit No Yes END ...

Page 140: ... FUSER Example FUSER for 100V XX 0M507D XXXXX XXX XXXX PPID No Checking the FUSER ASSY type Note The PPID numbers of FUSER ASSY for 3130cn are as follows PPID No For 100V 0M507D PPID No For 110V 0M508D PPID No For 220V 0M509D Is the FUSER ASSY for 3130cn installed No Yes Replace the Printer Install the FUSER ASSY for 3130cn ...

Page 141: ...but has not reached its end of life Immediately prepare a new Fuser ASSY If this error code is displayed although the Fuser ASSY has been replaced only recently follow the following flow Checking the Fuser ASSY installing Reseat the Transfer ASSY Belt Unit Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on No Yes Replace the PWBA MCU Removal 30 Replacement 14 END ...

Page 142: ...tion Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY END No Yes Checking the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Does the SWITCH ASSY SIZE function normally Checked by Digital Input DI 18 Control Panel CASSETTE1 SIZE PC in diagnosis END Checking after replacing the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Replace the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Refer to Removal 18 Replacement 26 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Replace the Printer ...

Page 143: ...CH ASSY SIZE OPT END Checking after replacing the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Replace the SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT Refer to Removal 44 Replacement 46 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END No Yes Does the SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT function normally Checked by Digital Input DI 20 Control Panel CASSETTE2 SIZE PC in diagnosis Replace the 550 OPTION CASSETTE ASSY Does the error still occur when t...

Page 144: ...LOCK Refer to Removal 37 Replacement 7 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes END Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the Front Cover is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 7 Control Panel IL OPEN PC in diagnosis Checking after replacing the LVPS Replace the LVPS Refer to Removal 35 Replacement 9 Does the error still occur when turning on the power No Yes...

Page 145: ...eck the cable between the Printer and PC or Printer and Hub Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site Yes No Does the cable meet the specifications For local printer USB cable USB2 0 For network printer Ethernet cable 10Base T 100Base TX Use a cable that meets the specifications For local printer USB cable USB2 0 For network printer Ethernet cable 10Base T 100Base ...

Page 146: ...rd No Yes Check Print Mode settings Is RAM DISK set to Disable No Yes Check RAM DISK settings via System Setting in Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box Set Print Mode to standard Install additional memory or divide the print data into blocks Set RAM DISK to Disable Is Print Mode set to standard No Yes Check Print Mode settings Install additional memory Set Print Mode to standard ...

Page 147: ...r when the power is turned off and on No Yes Clear the data on the RAM DISK by executing Clear Storage via Maintenance in Admin Menu Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on No Yes Decrease the RAM DISK size via RAM DISK in System Settings of Admin Menu Clear space in HDD Set Print Mode to standard END Divide the print data into blocks and print block by block Check Print Mod...

Page 148: ...printing using the driver for 3130C PS on PC END END Does the error occur when printing with the Memory Card Option installed No Yes Checking the printer memory size END Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size setting of the RAM Disk See RAM Disk size settings in User Guide No Yes RAM Disk size settings Does the error persist even after retries A ...

Page 149: ... version refer to the Printer s Properties For the firmware refer to Printer Information in Tool Box For the latest version information refer to the Dell Support web site Are the printer driver and firmware the latest versions No Yes Download the latest printer driver and firmware from the Dell Support web site This job cannot be executed A ...

Page 150: ...e error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the printing job Print the small size file like a Windows test print Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS Does the error still occur when printing No Yes END Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 END ...

Page 151: ...ooting Version 2 2008 03 27 Flows 71 Invalid User 016 757 Checking for error Does the error persist even after powering off and on No Yes END Your account may be nonexisting or incorrectly configured Contact your administrator ...

Page 152: ...Flows 72 Disabled Func 016 758 Checking for error Does the error persist even after powering off and on No Yes END Color printing is not allowed via the Color Track settings Change your settings to B W or ask your administrator to authorize color printing ...

Page 153: ... Version 2 2008 03 27 Flows 73 Reached Limits 016 759 Checking for error Does the error persist even after powering off and on No Yes END An attempt was made to print more copies than the print count limit Contact your administrator ...

Page 154: ...rsion 2 2008 03 27 Flows 74 Invalid Job 016 799 Checking for error Does the error persist even after powering off and on No Yes END The current print settings size tray selection etc is invalid for printing Change the settings and retry ...

Page 155: ... use Dell toner cartridge you can turn off the message by turning the Non DELL Toner setting to OFF Use of a non Dell print cartridge may result in some of the printer s functions to be unavailable a reduction in print quality or deterioration of printer s reliability Use of a new Dell brand print cartridge is recommended for your printer The Dell warranty does not cover any problems caused by the...

Page 156: ...rinting interval as long as possible If this error code is displayed although you have not performed any large volume 2 sided printing follow the following flow The error code 142 700 is displayed when the internal temperature of the printer has risen due to a large volume printing Do not start another print job until the warning disappears If this error code is displayed although you have not per...

Page 157: ...tridges Are there any stains or foreign substance on the contact No Yes Checking the print cartridges and TRANSFER ASSY installation Reseat the print cartridges and TRANSFER ASSY END END Reseat the HVPS Removal 34 Replacement 10 Wipe the stains or foreign substance with dry cloth Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters of the printer such as generators radio and appliances with m...

Page 158: ...he print cartridge installed Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes Checking the printer setting Is the Draft Mode of the PCL in the Admin Menu the Enable No Yes Check the print data which the problem generated Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pallet Check in diagnosis Set to Disable A No Yes Is the image printed correctly ...

Page 159: ...hecked by Digital Output DO 21 Y 23 M 25 C 27 B in diagnosis Check the print data which the problem generated END Replace the failure print cartridge Replace the Printer Checking the 4 color print cartridge ASSY installation Reseat the 4 color print cartridge ASSY Is the image printed correctly Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one No Yes Checking the print cartridge Rep...

Page 160: ...cked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis Checking the Test Pattern Print the Test Pattern page Replace the printer Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print Test Pattern 600 in diagnosis END Slide the Print Cartridge in and out which has blank print color samples three times Yes No Take Contamination Print test again Is the image printed correctly END END ...

Page 161: ... ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 If not replace the Printer Checking the solid black Print the Contamination Check page Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis Checking the Test Pattern Print the Test Pattern page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print Test Pattern 600 ...

Page 162: ...ertical blank lines Print the Contamination Check page No Yes Checking the foreign substance and damage Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges and the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any foreign substances Check the print data which the problem generated Remove the foreign substance A Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno...

Page 163: ...pitch match any of the pitches in the printed table chart Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pallet Check in diagnosis Period mm Repl...

Page 164: ... the horizontal direction 13 13 13 13 Mnt01104KA 13 13 13 13 Mnt01105KA Random Periodic A Checking the Horizontal band cross out Print the Contamination Check page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis ...

Page 165: ... substance Replace the failure print cartridge Measure the blank line pitch Yes No Does the blank line pitch match any of the pitches in the printed table chart Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details Repla...

Page 166: ...ce and damage Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges and the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any foreign substances Remove the foreign substance A Checking the Vertical stripes Print the Contamination Check page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis ...

Page 167: ...ent 36 Measure the blank line pitch Yes No Does the stripe pitch match any of the pitches in the printed table chart Checked by Test Print Contamination check in diagnosis Checking the table chart and the print cartridge Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pallet Check in diag...

Page 168: ...ce and damage Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges and the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any foreign substances Remove the foreign substance A Checking the Horizontal stripes Print the Contamination Check page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis ...

Page 169: ...rtridge Replace the failure print cartridge Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details No Yes Is the image printed correctly Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 and Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 END Period mm Replacement Parts 75 4 28 3 25 1 27 9 Print Cartridge which the problem generated 31 4 56 9 ...

Page 170: ...mination check in diagnosis Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details A Checking the Partial Deletion Print the Contamination Check page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis Period mm Replacement Parts 75 4 28 3 25 1 27 9 Print Cartridge which th...

Page 171: ...SFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY No Yes Replace to DELL cartridge Replace to the paper with the new and dry Replace the Printer Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 A Checking the Tail Edge Is partial deletion in Tail Edge Refer to NOTE No Yes Checking after replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Is the partial deletion in Tai...

Page 172: ...0 This partial deletion is called as smudge Can be seen A4 size and half tone print The partial deletion sample of Tail Edge is shown below Zna05000KA Tail Edge Sample 1 Partial deletion sample of Tail Edge Sample 2 Partial deletion sample of Tail Edge ...

Page 173: ...ver check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Is there the toner contamination Clean the toner by the dry cloth or replace the contaminated parts A Checking the Spots Print the Contamination Check page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagnosis ...

Page 174: ... check in diagnosis Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes Replace the corresponding parts Refer to MQ Chart in 4 2 Diagnostic Test Chart for details Replace to DELL cartridge Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Period mm Replacement Parts 75 4 28 3 25 1 27 9 Print Cartridge which the problem generated 31 4 56 9 TRANSFER BELT AS...

Page 175: ...uration page Checked by PHD Refresh Configuration Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box Is the image printed correctly END A Checking the Afterimage Ghost Print the Ghost Configuration page Check the print data which the problem generated Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Ghost Configuration Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box ...

Page 176: ...print cartridge installation Reseat the four print cartridges Is the image printed correctly No Yes Checking after replacing the print cartridge Replace the failure print cartridge Is the image printed correctly END END Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 ...

Page 177: ...dges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Is there the toner contamination Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes END Clean the toner by the dry cloth or replace the contaminated parts Replace to DELL cartridge A Checking the Grey background Print the Gradation Page Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis ...

Page 178: ...ion Reseat the four print cartridges Is the image printed correctly No Yes Checking the after replacing the print cartridge Replace the print cartridge Is the image printed correctly END END Replace the ROS ASSY Refer to Removal 36 Replacement 8 and Replace the HVPS Refer to Removal 34 Replacement 10 ...

Page 179: ...er condition Is the paper in the tray new and dry one No Yes Checking the Front Cover latching Open and close the Front Cover Does the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the foreign substance Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Are there any foreign substances No Yes Replace the paper with a new and dry one Remov...

Page 180: ...es Checking the skewed tray Is the skewed paper the MPF fed C A END Checking the paper installation Reseat the paper and reset the paper guide on the MPF Checking the paper Checking the envelope setting Yes No Was the envelope inserted with the flap closed air vacuumed and short edge facing toward the printer Reseat the envelopes Is the MPF feeding the envelope No Yes Does the error still occur wh...

Page 181: ... the foreign substance Checking after replacing the feed roller Replace the FEED ROLLER Does the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking after replacing the roller Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSY MSI Does the error still occur when printing No Yes END END Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 B Checking the paper path Is there the foreign substance on the paper pa...

Page 182: ...he paper condition Checking the Front Cover latching Open and close the Front Cover Checking the foreign substance Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Replace the paper with a new and dry one Remove the foreign substances Are there any foreign substances No Yes Is the paper in the tray new and dry one No Yes Does the error st...

Page 183: ...ecking the Fuser installation Reseat the Fuser Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Does the error still occur when printing No Yes END Checking the skewed tray Is the skewed paper the MPF fed No Yes C Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY No Yes Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 ...

Page 184: ...ed air vacuumed and short edge facing toward the printer Checking the paper path Is there the foreign substance on the paper path No Yes Reseat the envelopes Remove the foreign substance Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSY MSI Refer to Removal 41 Replacement 3 Checking the paper installation Reseat the paper and reset the paper guide on the MPF Does the error still occur when printing No Yes END ...

Page 185: ...uides Does the error still occur when printing No Yes Checking the paper path Is there the foreign substance on the paper path No Yes Checking after replacing the feed roller Replace the FEED ROLLER Does the error still occur when printing No Yes END END Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSY MSI Refer to Removal 41 Replacement 3 Remove the foreign substance ...

Page 186: ...ing the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge No Yes No Yes Checking the FUSER installation Reset the FUSER Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Is the image printed correctly END Replace the paper with a new and dry one Replace to the DELL cartridge Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 ...

Page 187: ...king the printer installation Did the customer change the installation place of a printer No Yes No Yes Checking the Color registration Print the windows test page Is the image printed correctly No Yes Turn off and turn on the power Print again Is the image printed correctly Check the print data which the problem generated Execute the Auto Regi Adjust in Admin Menu ...

Page 188: ...Did the client change the value of registration parameter No Yes Reset to the default value END Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the tray new and dry one No Yes Checking the printer Yes No Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print Toner Pallet Check in diagnosis Replace the paper with a new and dry one Check the print data which the problem generated Replace the Printer ...

Page 189: ...dge installation Reseat the four print cartridges Is the image printed correctly END No Yes Checking the Front Cover latching Open and close the Front Cover Is the image printed correctly Checking the foreign substance Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Are there any foreign substances No Yes Remove the foreign substances A ...

Page 190: ...eshooting Version 3 2008 05 30 A Checking the Regi Clutch for operation Yes No Does the regi clutch operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 29 in diagnosis Replace the FEEDER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 END ...

Page 191: ...artridges installation Reseat all the Print Cartridges Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Checking the TRANSFER ASSY installation Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Try replacing the Y M C K Print Cartridges the...

Page 192: ...ise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis Checking the Print Cartridges installation Reseat all the Print Cartridges Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis END Try replacing the Option Feeder and the DRIVE ASSY PH one after another Try replacing the FUSER ASSY the Y ...

Page 193: ...4 Noise During Standby Checking the FAN MAIN Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 1e Control Panel FAN ON PC in diagnosis Replace the FAN MAIN Refer to Removal 32 Replacement 12 Replace the PWBA LVPS Removal 35 Replacement 9 ...

Page 194: ...rd paper with a new and dry one Does the noise arise from the printer END Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSY MSI Refer to Removal 41 Replacement 3 Checking the feeder Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the feeder No Yes No Yes Checking the paper condition Replace the standard paper with a new and dry one Does the noise arise from the printer END Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER Refer to R...

Page 195: ...se arise from the printer Checking the Duplex Motor Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 13 Control Panel DUPLEX MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis END Try replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Try replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 B No Yes Checking the FUSER ASSY installation Reseat the FUSER ASSY Does the noise ar...

Page 196: ...e noise arise from the printer Checking the Main Motor Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Checking the Sub Motor Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis END END Try replacing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Try replacing...

Page 197: ...R ON PC in diagnosis Checking the Option Feeder Motor Yes No Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 19 Control Panel OPTION FEEDER1 MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis END If the option tray attached it goes to next step Try replacing the Option Feeder ASSY Refer to Removal 44 Replacement 46 Try replacing the DRIVE ASSY PH Refer to Removal 17 Replacement 27 END ...

Page 198: ... turning on the power In this test close the Front Cover No Yes Checking the outlet Connect the power code with the other outlet Does the printer is working No Yes Checking the power code connection Reconnect the power code Does the printer is working END END Replace the LVPS Refer to Removal 35 Replacement 9 Go to Flows 97 ...

Page 199: ... Checking the message on the Control Panel Does the message on the control panel appear No Yes Checking the connector of CONTROL PANEL connecting Reseat the connector P J220 of CONTROL PANEL Does the CONTROL PANEL is working No Yes End of work If error message appeared go to FIP Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 the Control Panel and the LVPS Refer to Removal 35 Replacement 9...

Page 200: ...e to the new paper Does the multi feed still occur when printing No Yes Checking after replacing the END SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Refer to Removal 41 Replacement 3 END Checking the media Replace to the new paper Does the multi feed still occur when printing No Yes Replace the SEPARATOR ROLLER Refer to Removal 42 Replacement 2 ...

Page 201: ...e DELL Support Website and execute the update NOTE Before updating the firmware to the latest version reset the error following the steps of procedure described below In addition update the firmware by way of a USB storage 1 Remove the network cable 2 Connect the USB cable 3 Turn the power off and on Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on No Yes END Changing the IP address Cont...

Page 202: ...dress 1 Remove the network cable and power off the printer and then on 2 Change the IP address on the Control Panel 3 Plug the network cable back into the printer and then turn the power on 4 On the Control Panel open Admin Network TCP IP and confirm that the IP address has been changed ...

Page 203: ... ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the FAN MAIN for rotation Does the FAN MAIN function normally Checked by Digital Output DO 1e Control Panel FAN ON PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the HARN ASSY LV TOP for continuity Disconnect P J501 from the LVPS Disconnect P J13 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of P J501 P J13 continuous Go to...

Page 204: ...ion Check the connections between the PWBA DUP and PWBA MCU Are P J428 P J2720 P J272 and P J27 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J428 P J2720 P J272 and or P J27 surely 6 Checking the HARN ASSY DUP UNIT for continuity Disconnect P J428 from the PWBA DUP Disconnect P J2720 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Is each cable of P J428 P J2720 continuous Go to step 7 Replace the ...

Page 205: ...de A detailed error code is displayed by pushing L key K key and 3 key simultaneously Is Code 09 displayed on the LCD Go to FIP1 4 Go to step 2 2 Does Error still occur after several ON OFF procedures of the power Go to step 3 End of work 1 3 Checking the firmware version Does the firmware is the latest version Go to step 4 Upgrade the firm ware version then go to step 4 4 Checking after reseating...

Page 206: ...Is Code 09 displayed on the LCD Go to step 2 Go to FIP1 3 2 Checking the connectors for connection Are the following connectors connected correctly P J16 and P J28 on the PWBA MCU P J144 on the PWBA EEPROM Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J16 P J28 and or P J144 surely then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after repla...

Page 207: ...nd of work 1 4 Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA EEPROM and PWBA MCU Are P J28 and P J144 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J28 and or P J144 surely then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J28 form the PWBA MCU D...

Page 208: ...he error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the HARN ASSY FDR UNIT for continuity Disconnect P J419 from the PWBA OPT FDR Disconnect P J281 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J419 P J281 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY FDR UNIT 6 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J28 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J281 from th...

Page 209: ...n the power is turned ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the HARN ASSY DUP UNIT for continuity Disconnect P J428 from the PWBA DUP H Disconnect P J2720 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Is each cable of P J428 P J2720 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY DUP UNIT 6 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER for conti nuity Disconnect P J272 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Disconnect P J 2720 fro...

Page 210: ...PWBA MCU Are P J12 and P J151 connected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J12 and or P J151 surely then go to step 4 4 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the PWBA MCU for installation Is the PWBA MCU installed correctly Go to step 7 Reseat the PWBA MCU then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go...

Page 211: ...connector s P J22 and or P J222 surely then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the Main Motor in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for rotation Does the Main Motor function normally Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacemen...

Page 212: ...e connector of P J22 on the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across ground J22 B2pin J21 B4pin on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK is pushed Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Step Check Yes No ...

Page 213: ...gital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 6 6 Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for installation Is the DRIVE ASSY MAIN installed correctly Go to step 7 Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN then go to step 7 7 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 8 End of work 8 Ch...

Page 214: ...trol Panel PH MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis During the test close the Front Cover Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for installation Is the DRIVE ASSY PH installed correctly Go to step 6 Reseat the DRIVE ASSY PH then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the connectors of ...

Page 215: ...tion of the ROLLs with a finger Go to step 5 Replace the defective ROLL s 5 Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA OPT FDR and DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Are P J422 P J4221 and P J4222 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J422 P J 4221 and or P J4222 surely then go to step 6 6 Checking the Feed Motor for rotation Does the Feed Motor function norm...

Page 216: ... Are P J419 P J281 and P J28 connected surely Go to step 13 Reconnect the connector s P J419 P J281 and or P J28 surely 13 Checking the HARN ASSY FDR UNIT for continuity Dis connect P J419 from the PWBA OPT FDR Disconnect P J281 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J419 P J281 continuous Go to step 14 Replace the HARN ASSY FDR UNIT 14 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect...

Page 217: ...e K Mode Solenoid Disconnect J24 from the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across P24 1pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the Interlock Switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK is pushed Go to step 6 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 6 Checking the K Mode Solenoid for resistance Disconnect P J24 from the PWBA MCU Is the resistance across J24 1 and J24 2 about 80 to 110 ohm Replace the PWB...

Page 218: ...24 should be connected Enter the Digital Input DI 0 Control Panel K MODE SNR PC in diagnosis During this check close the COVER ASSY FRONT Does the voltage change when a piece of paper is inserted into the gap of the K Mode Sensor Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the DRIVE ASSY K Refer to Removal 28 Replacement 16 Step Check Yes No ...

Page 219: ...e connections between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM Are P J31 and P J311 connected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J31 and or P J311 surely then go to step 5 5 Checking the HARN ASSY CRUM for continuity Disconnect P J31 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J311 from the CONNECTOR CRUM Is each cable of P J31 P J311 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY CRUM 6 Checking the CONNEC...

Page 220: ...connections between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM Are P J31 and P J 312 connected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J31 and or P J 312 surely then go to step 5 5 Checking the HARN ASSY CRUM for continuity Disconnect P J31 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J312 from the CONNECTOR CRUM Is each cable of P J31 P J 312 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY CRUM 6 Checking the CONNE...

Page 221: ... connections between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM Are P J31 and P J 313 connected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J31 and or P J 313 surely then go to step 5 5 Checking the HARN ASSY CRUM for continuity Disconnect P J31 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J313 from the CONNECTOR CRUM Is each cable of P J31 P J313 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY CRUM 6 Checking the CONNE...

Page 222: ... connections between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM Are P J31 and P J314 connected surely Go to step 5 Re connect the connector s P J31 and or P J314 surely then go to step 5 5 Checking the HARN ASSY CRUM for continuity Disconnect P J31 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J314 from the CONNECTOR CRUM Is each cable of P J31 P J314 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY CRUM 6 Checking the CONNEC...

Page 223: ...t Gradation in diagnosis Go to step 5 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 5 Checking the solenoid in the TRANSFER ASSY for opera tion Does the ADC Sensor operate normally Checked by Digital Output DO 37 Control Panel CTD SOLENOID ON PC in diagnosis Replace the cor responding CAR TRIDGE ASSY Refer to Removal 6 Replacement 38 Go to step 6 6 Checking the connectors for connection ...

Page 224: ...ecking the power to ADC SENSOR Disconnect P J27 on PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J27 7pin on the PWBA MCU about 5 VDC Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Step Check Yes No ...

Page 225: ...Ys installed correctly Go to step 6 Reseat the CAR TRIDGE ASSY s then go to step 5 5 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 6 End of work 6 Checking the toner density Is there the light color Compare the density of four colors toner Checked by Test Print Gradation in diagnosis Go to step 7 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 7 Checking the solenoid in...

Page 226: ...DC SENSOR Disconnect the connector of P J27 on PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J27 7pin on the PWBA MCU about 5 VDC Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 12 Checking after replacing the corresponding CARTRIDGE ASSY Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY Refer to Removal 6 Replacement 38 Does the error still occur when the powe...

Page 227: ...ASSY Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Are P J17 P J171 connected surely Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J17 and or P J171 surely then go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Disconnect P J17 from...

Page 228: ...lue Go to step 2 2 Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation Is the FUSER ASSY installed correctly Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Go to step 4 Reseat the FUSER ASSY then go to step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replace ment 36 Wa...

Page 229: ...tion Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR HUM Are P J26 and P J261 connected surely Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J26 and or P J261 surely then go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY HUM for continuity Disconnect P J26 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J261 from the SENSOR HUM Is each cable of P J26 P J261 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY HUM 5 Checking the pow...

Page 230: ...nd or P J13 surely then go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Disconnect P J17 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J171 from the FUSER ASSY Is each cable of P J17 P J171 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER 5 Checking the HARN ASSY LV TOP for continuity Disconnect P J171 from the F...

Page 231: ... displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes and never interrupt the downloading pro cess Step Check Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS PL9 1 27 1 Checking the error code Error code is 016 317 or 016 340 Go to step 2 Go to step 3 2 Download the latest version of the firmware fr...

Page 232: ...TION PL9 1 47 1 Checking the HDD ASSY OPTION for installation Reseat the HDD ASSY OPTION Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking after replacing the HDD ASSY OPTION Replace the HDD ASSY OPTION Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work ...

Page 233: ...1 30 PWBA ESS PL9 1 27 1 Checking the MEMORY CARD for installation Reseat the MEMORY CARD Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Got to step 2 End of work 2 Checking after replacing the MEMORY CARD Replace the MEMORY CARD Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work ...

Page 234: ...ER ADAPTER to the USB port on the PWBA ESS 2 Checking the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER for installa tion Reseat the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the PWBA ESS for installation Reseat the PWBA ESS Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the WIRELESS PR...

Page 235: ...o step 2 Does the error still occur when printing Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 Check the PC set ting and discon nection of the cable then go to step 2 2 Checking the connection Reconnect the printer and PC with the cable Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the cable Replace the cable Does the error still occur when...

Page 236: ...ng after reseating the Network Adapter Reseat the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking after replacing the Network Adapter Replace the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Refer to Removal 48 Replacement 49 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work ...

Page 237: ...ting F W and the computer displays a progress bar and may be restarted during the downloading process Never power off the printer or the computer until the downloading process completes and never interrupt the downloading pro cess Step Check Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS PL9 1 27 PWBA MCU PL9 1 20 1 Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell support website and update the...

Page 238: ...eat the FUSER ASSY then go to step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the FUSER ASSY type Remove the FUSER ASSY Is the FUSER ASSY installed the 3130cn FUSER Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replace ment 36 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Rep...

Page 239: ...s on the paper transfer path Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path Remove the obstacles or stains from the paper transfer path Go to step 6 6 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for oper ation Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SEN SOR is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 3 Control Panel REGI SNR PC in diagnosis Go to st...

Page 240: ...or s P J25 and or P J251 surely 15 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J25 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J251 from the DRIVE ASSY PH Is each cable of P J25 P J251 continuous Go to step 16 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 16 Checking the power to DRIVE ASSY PH Disconnect the connector of P J25 on the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across ground J25 1pin J25 2pin on the PWBA MCU about ...

Page 241: ...3 3 Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after reseating the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for oper ation Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SEN SOR is operated Checked ...

Page 242: ...ep 13 Replace the HARN ASSY REGI SNR 13 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J29 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J292 from the HARN ASSY REGI SNR Is each cable of P J29 P J292 continuous Go to step 14 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 14 Checking the power to REGI SENSOR Disconnect the connector of P J29 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J29 8pin on the PWBA MCU about 3 3...

Page 243: ...ck switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK is pushed Replace the PWBA OPT FDR Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 23 Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT for connection Check the connections between the PWBA OPT FDR and CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT Are P J421 and P J4213 connected surely Go to step 24 Reconnect the connector s P J421 and or P J4213 surely 24 Checking the HARN ASSY C2...

Page 244: ...Y TURN OPT Disconnect the connector of P J420 on the PWBA OPT FDR Is the voltage across ground J420 1pin on the PWBA OPT FDR about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK is pushed Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Go to step 33 33 Checking the connectors of the PWBA OPT FDR and PWBA MCU for connection Check the connections between the PWBA OPT FDR and ...

Page 245: ...r reseating the side guides of the MPT Reseat the side guides Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for oper ation Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SEN SOR is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 3 Control Panel REGI SNR PC in diagnosis Go to step 6 Go to step 10 6 Chec...

Page 246: ...he HARN ASSY R SIDE 13 Checking the power to REGI SENSOR Disconnect the connector of P J29 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J29 8pin on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 14 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 14 Checking the REGI SENSOR for operation Measure the voltage across ground J29 10pin on the PWBA MCU Does the voltage change every time the actuator of th...

Page 247: ...shed Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 21 Checking the connectors of the DRIVE ASSY PH for con nection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY PH Are P J25 and P J251 connected surely Go to step 22 Reconnect the connector s P J25 and or P J251 surely 22 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for contin...

Page 248: ...CU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the ACTUATOR B for shape and operation Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR B normal Go to step 6 Reseat the ACTUATOR B If broken or deformed replace it 6 Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENEOR for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENEOR Are P J29 and P J292 connected co...

Page 249: ...SER for continuity Remove the FUSER ASSY Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of J17 P171 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER 5 Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO EXIT SEN SOR in the FUSER ASSY Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across J17 1pin ground on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 6 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replac...

Page 250: ...to Removal 5 Replacement 39 Go to step 4 4 Checking the CLUTCH DUP for operation Does the CLUTCH DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 35 Control Panel DUPLEX CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis Go to step 5 Go to step 9 5 Checking the MOTOR ASSY DUP for operation Does the MOTOR ASSY DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 13 Control Panel DUPLEX MOTOR ON PC in diagnosis Go to step 6 G...

Page 251: ...ng the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER for conti nuity Disconnect P J2720 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT Disconnect P J272 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J2720 P J272 continuous Go to step 14 Replace the HAR NESS ASSY FRONT COVER 14 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Disconnect P J27 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of P J272 P J2...

Page 252: ... PH Is each cable of P J25 P J251 continuous Go to step 23 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 23 Checking the power to DRIVE ASSY PH Disconnect the connector of P J25 on the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across ground J25 1pin J25 2pin on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC Replace the DRIVE ASSY PH Refer to Removal 17 Replacement 27 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 24 Checking the connectors o...

Page 253: ...r ation Disconnect the connector of P J29 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J29 10pin on the PWBA MCU Does the voltage change every time the actuator of the REGI SENSOR is operated Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Replace the SEN SOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR Step Check Yes No ...

Page 254: ...s the SENSOR PHOTO DUP JAM SENSOR operate properly Checked by Digital Output DI 1 Control Panel DUP SNR PC in diagnosis Go to step 5 Go to step 7 5 Checking the CLUTCH DUP for operation Does the CLUTCH DUP operate properly Checked by Digital Output DO 35 Control Panel DUPLEX CLUTCH ON PC in diagnosis Go to step 6 Go to step 16 6 Checking the MOTOR ASSY DUP for operation Does the MOTOR ASSY DUP ope...

Page 255: ...the HAR NESS ASSY DUP UNIT 13 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER for conti nuity Disconnect P J2720 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT Disconnect P J272 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J2720 P J272 continuous Go to step 14 Replace the HAR NESS ASSY FRONT COVER 14 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Disconnect P J27 from the P...

Page 256: ...RONT COVER 21 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Disconnect P J27 from the PWBA MCU Is each cable of P J272 P J27 continuous Go to step 22 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 22 Checking the power to the PWBA DUP H Disconnect the connector of P J27 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J27 15pin on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Replace the...

Page 257: ...king the EXIT SENSOR for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the EXIT SENSOR is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 2 Control Panel EXIT SNR PC in diagnosis Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Go to step 5 Go to step 13 5 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for oper ation Does the number on the screen increase by one ev...

Page 258: ...71 connected surely Go to step 14 Reconnect the connector s P J17 and or P J171 surely 14 Checking the HARN ASSY FUSER for continuity Disconnect P J17 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J171 from the FUSER Is each cable of P J17 P J171 continuous Go to step 15 Replace the HARN ASSY FUSER 15 Checking the power to Exit Sensor on the FUSER ASSY Disconnect the connector of P J17 on the PWBA MCU Is the vol...

Page 259: ...ARN ASSY R SIDE 24 Checking the power to DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect the connector of P J22 on the PWBA MCU Are the voltages across ground J22 B2pin J22 B4pin on the PWBA MCU about 24 VDC when the interlock switch HARN ASSY INTERLOCK is pushed Replace the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 25 Checking the connectors of the Sub M...

Page 260: ...ecking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI Are P J23 and P J231 connected surely Go to step 32 Reconnect the connector s P J23 and or P J231 surely 32 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J23 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J231 from the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI Is each cable of P J23 P J231 cont...

Page 261: ...U and REGI SENSOR Are P J29 P J292 and P J2922 connected surely Go to step 5 Reconnect the connector s P J29 P J292 and or P J2922 surely 5 Checking the HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR for continuity Disconnect P J2922 from the REGI SENSOR Disconnect P J292 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J2922 P J292 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY REGI SNR 6 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for con...

Page 262: ...ER ASSY DUP Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the CHUTE DUP GATE for the shape and installation Are the shape and the installation of the CHUTE DUP GATE normal Go to step 5 Reseat or replace the CHUTE DUP GATE 5 Checking the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT for shape and installation Are the shape and the installation of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT ...

Page 263: ...ect P J2720 from the HARN ASSY FRONT COVER Is each cable of P J428 P J2720 continuous Go to step 13 Replace the HARN ASSY DUP UNIT 13 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER for conti nuity Disconnect P J2720 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT Disconnect P J272 from the HARN ASSY R SIDE Is each cable of P J2720 P J272 continuous Go to step 14 Replace the HAR NESS ASSY FRONT COVER 14 Checking the HARN AS...

Page 264: ...shed Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN Refer to Removal 40 Replacement 4 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 20 Checking the connectors of the DRIVE ASSY PH for con nection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY PH Are P J25 and P J251 connected surely Go to step 21 Reconnect the connector s P J25 and or P J251 surely 21 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for contin...

Page 265: ...Reseat the end guide of the Paper Cassette Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking after replacing the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 7 End of work 6 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR for oper ation Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the actuator of the ...

Page 266: ...SIDE Is each cable of P J2922 P J292 continuous Go to step 6 Replace the HARN ASSY REGI SNR 12 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J29 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J292 from the HARN ASSY REGI SNR Is each cable of P J29 P J292 continuous Go to step 7 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 13 Checking the power to REGI SENSOR Disconnect the connector of P J29 on the PWBA MCU Is the vo...

Page 267: ...aper type Check the paper type below Paper in the cassette or the tray Paper type setting through the control panel Paper type of the printing job Are these paper types the same For Tray Go to step 4 For MPF Go to step 9 Change the paper paper type setting or printing job 4 Checking after reseating the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 Reseat the CASSETTE ASSY 250 or 550 Does the error still occur when pri...

Page 268: ...ARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J29 form the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J292 from the HARN ASSY REGI SNR Is each cable of P J29 P J292 continuous Go to step 13 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 13 Checking the HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR for continuity Disconnect P J292 form the HARN ASSY R SIDE Disconnect P J2921 from the SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER SENSOR Is each cable of P J292 P J2921 continuous Go ...

Page 269: ...or still occur when the power is turned ON End of work Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 22 Checking the connectors of the PWBA OPT FDR and PWBA MCU for connection Check the connections between the PWBA OPT FDR and PWBA MCU Are P J419 P J281 and P J28 connected surely Go to step 23 Reconnect the connector s P J419 P J281 and or P J28 surely 23 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FDR UN...

Page 270: ...J2821 continuous Go to step 29 Replace the HARN ASSY MSI NPP 29 Checking the power to SENSOR PHOTO MSI NO PAPER SENSOR Disconnect P J28 on the PWBA MCU Is the voltage across ground J28 B11pin on the PWBA MCU about 3 3 VDC Go to step 30 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 30 Checking the SENSOR PHOTO MSI NO PAPER SEN SOR for operation Measure the voltage across ground J28 B13pin...

Page 271: ... the DELL Toner Go to step 2 Set the non DELL toner mode through the con trol panel 2 Checking the DELL toner type Is the print cartridge installed the 3130cn Go to step 3 Replace the print cartridge 3 Checking the Print Cartridge installation Reseat the Print Cartridge Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the Print Cartridge Re...

Page 272: ...he gear of the Auger is not damaged If the gear is damaged replace the DIS PENSER ASSY Y Refer to Removal 24 Replacement 20 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DIS PENSER ASSY Are P J18 and P J181 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J18 and or P J181 surly th...

Page 273: ...the gear of the Auger is not damaged If the gear is damaged replace the DIS PENSER ASSY Refer to Removal 24 Replacement 20 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DIS PENSER ASSY Are P J18 and P J182 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J18 and or P J182 surly the...

Page 274: ...the gear of the Auger is not damaged If the gear is damaged replace the DIS PENSER ASSY Refer to Removal 24 Replacement 20 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DIS PENSER ASSY Are P J18 and P J184 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J18 and or P J184 surly the...

Page 275: ...the gear of the Auger is not damaged If the gear is damaged replace the DIS PENSER ASSY Refer to Removal 24 Replacement 20 Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DIS PENSER ASSY Are P J18 and P J183 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J18 and or P J183 surly the...

Page 276: ... PL5 1 18 CARTRIDGE ASSY C PL5 1 19 CARTRIDGE ASSY M PL5 1 20 CARTRIDGE ASSY Y PL5 1 21 1 Checking the Drum Protect Cover for staying Has the Drum Protect Cover removed Go to step 2 Remove the Drum Protect Cover 2 Checking the Print Cartridge installation Is the Print Cartridge installed correctly Go to the FIP below Yellow FIP1 53 Magenta FIP1 54 Cyan FIP1 55 Black FIP1 56 Reseat the Print Cartri...

Page 277: ...13 5 13 1 Checking the CARTRIDGE ASSY for installation Are the CARTRIDGE ASSYs installed correctly Go to step 3 Reseat the CAR TRIDGE ASSY then go step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY Refer to Removal 6 Replacement 38 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Re...

Page 278: ...L13 5 13 1 Checking the CARTRIDGE ASSY for installation Are the CARTRIDGE ASSYs installed correctly Go to step 3 Reseat the CAR TRIDGE ASSY then go step 2 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking after replacing the CARTRIDGE ASSY Replace the CARTRIDGE ASSY Refer to Removal 6 Replacement 38 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON R...

Page 279: ...al 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and SEN SOR ASSY CRU Y Are P J19 and P J191 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J19 and or P J191 surly then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the HARN ASSY CRU SNR for continuity Disconnect...

Page 280: ...al 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and SEN SOR ASSY CRU M Are P J19 and P J192 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J19 and or P J192 surly then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the HARN ASSY CRU SNR for continuity Disconnect...

Page 281: ... 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and SEN SOR ASSY CRU C Are P J19 and P J194 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J19 and or P J194 surly then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the HARN ASSY CRU SNR for continuity Disconnect P...

Page 282: ...al 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector for connection Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and SEN SOR ASSY CRU K Are P J19 and P J193 connected surely Go to step 6 Reconnect the connector s P J19 and or P J193 surly then go to step 6 6 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 7 End of work 7 Checking the HARN ASSY CRU SNR for continuity Disconnect...

Page 283: ...ed correctly Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the TRANSFER ASSY model Is the TRANSFER ASSY installed the 3130cn Go to step 3 Replace the TRANSFER ASSY 3 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to R...

Page 284: ... ASSY Does the life counter value show the near of the end Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 After replace ment be sure to clear the life counter value Go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacem...

Page 285: ...onnected surely Go to step 4 Reconnect the connector s P J27 P J272 and P J2721 surly then go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J27 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J272 from the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER Is each cable of P J27 P J272 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 5 Checking the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER for conti nuity Disconnect P J272 from ...

Page 286: ...SY Does the life counter value show the near of the end Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 After replace ment be sure to clear the life counter value Go to step 2 2 Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement...

Page 287: ... has cooled down Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the FUSER ASSY type Is the FUSER ASSY installed the 3130cn FUSER Go to step 3 Replace the FUSER ASSY 3 Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replace ment 36 Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Does the error still occur...

Page 288: ...alue Go to step 2 2 Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation Is the FUSER ASSY installed correctly Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Go to step 4 Reseat the FUSER ASSY then go step 3 3 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replace ment 36 Warn...

Page 289: ...ork 3 Checking the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Does the SWITCH ASSY SIZE function normally Checked by Digital Input DI 18 Control Panel CASSETTE1 SIZE PC in diagnosis End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY R SIDE for continuity Disconnect P J29 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J291 from the SWITCH ASSY SIZE Is each cable of P J29 P J291 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY R SIDE 5 Checking...

Page 290: ...the SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT Does the SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT function normally Checked by Digital Input DI 20 Control Panel CASSETTE2 SIZE PC in diagnosis End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the HARN ASSY C2 CHUTE for continuity Disconnect P J421 from the PWBA MCU Disconnect P J4211 from the SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT Is each cable of P J421 P J4211 continuous Go to step 5 Replace the HARN ASSY C2 CHUTE 5 Che...

Page 291: ...Does the number on the screen increase by one every time the Front Cover is operated Checked by Digital Input DI 7 Control Panel IL OPEN PC in diagnosis Replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK Replace the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK Refer to Removal 37 Replacement 7 Does the error still occur when the power is turned ON Go to ...

Page 292: ...t Error 016 387 Step Check Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS PL9 1 27 1 Checking the download firmware Is the download firmware the 3130cn Go to step 2 Redownload the correct firmware 2 Checking the PWBA ESS for installation Does the error still occur when downloading the firmware Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work ...

Page 293: ... 2 Add the MEM ORY CARD or divide the printing job 2 Checking after reseating the MEMORY CARD Reseat the MEMORY CARD Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the memory card capacity Is the memory capacity recognized normally Checked by Information Page Configuration in Setup Go to step 4 Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 4 Checking after r...

Page 294: ... ESS PL9 1 27 1 Checking the printing job Print the small size file like a Windows test print Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS Reseat the PWBA ESS Does the error still occur when printing Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work ...

Page 295: ...nc 016 758 Reached Limits 016 759 Step Check Yes No Possible causative parts PWBA ESS PL9 1 27 1 Checking the Color Track setting Is the Color Track setting correctly Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 Set the Color Track setting ...

Page 296: ...r size setup Does the paper size in use match the size set through the control panel Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 Set the paper size through the control panel Does the error still occur when printing Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of work 4 Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking the printing job Does the error still occur when print...

Page 297: ...rtridge to the printer the DELL toner Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the PWBA ESS Cancel the non DELL toner mode by the control panel Does the message on the LCD turn off the non DELL toner End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking after replacing the print cartridge Replace the print cartridge Does the error still occur when printing Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 End of w...

Page 298: ...2 2 Checking the printing Did the client print the large volume of printing Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 Checking the printing after cool down of five minutes Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the PWBA MCU Reseat the PWBA MCU Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 5 End of work 5 Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA Does the ...

Page 299: ...or still occur Go to step 2 End of work 2 Checking the AC ground Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded appropri ately Go to step 3 Request the cli ent to fix AC power supply out let 3 Checking the print cartridges and TRANSFER ASSY installation Reseat the print cartridges and TRANSFER ASSY Does the electrical noise error still occur Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the BIAS ASSY contact ...

Page 300: ...on the engine side When Printer Controller caused is more likely replace with normal Printer Controller and normal Interface Cable and then confirm the operation When the trouble persists even after replacement check the host and then operate Troubleshooting efficiently using the following image quality FIP for each phenomenon Slide the Print Cartridges YMCK in and out several times Move to other ...

Page 301: ...causative parts in order and check and operate Troubleshooting using Chapter 2 Diagnostic Image quality FIP states regarding the typical image quality trouble as follows FIP 1 P1 Faint print Low contrast FIP 1 P2 Blank print FIP 1 P3 Solid black FIP 1 P4 Vertical blank lines White stripes in paper transport direction FIP 1 P5 Horizontal band cross out White stripes in the horizontal direction FIP ...

Page 302: ...eriodically it is possibly caused by the trouble of a particular roll In this case measure the trouble interval on the test print and check the relation to the roll in the table below The interval does not necessarily match circumference of the roll The trouble may be solved easily by the check ...

Page 303: ...hooting Version 1 2008 02 15 Pitch Chart The chart is printed Pitch Configuration Chart in the Diagnosis tab of the Tool Box Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Wsb02028KA 13 Wsb02027KA 13 Wsb02029KA 13 Wsb02030KA 13 Zna02119KA ...

Page 304: ...e image was generated are in Diagnosis tab in Tool Box Use the following test charts properly by the state of a defective image quality Drum Refresh When the result of Contamination Check corresponds to b 6 Drum of the pitch chart performing this test print may improve image quality This chart is printed the Drum Refresh Configuration Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box Wsb02021KA ...

Page 305: ...arts Period mm Replaceable parts Drum Toner Cartridge ASSY 75 4 TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY BCR Toner Cartridge ASSY 28 3 TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY BCR Cleaner Roll Toner Cartridge ASSY 25 1 TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY Sleeve K Toner Cartridge ASSY 27 9 TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY Sleeve Y M C Toner Cartridge ASSY 27 9 TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY 1stBTR Transfer Belt 31 4 TRANSFER BELT ASSY Drive Roll Transfer Belt 56 9 TRANSFER ...

Page 306: ...1 280 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Version 1 2008 02 15 Zna02119KA ...

Page 307: ... to check for the skewed paper if any occurs This chart is printed the Alignment Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box When the sheet is fed normally the vertical and horizontal lines are aligned parallel to the edges of the sheet When there is a problem this alignment is skewed Wsb02022KA ...

Page 308: ...rinted the Ghost Configuration Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box When a ghost occurs the patches with open cross and character K B G R M C appear on the light colored patches K C M in the lower half of the chart and the patches with open cross only appears on the dark colored patches K C M below the light colored patches Wsb02020KA ...

Page 309: ...ng the print cartridge from side to side loosens toner that may get stuck Cleaning Paper toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the 3130cn printer and cause print quality prob lems such as smearing or toner specks Clean inside the 3130cn to prevent these problems Prior checks before troubleshooting Check the following items if any print quality problems occur before going to each troublesh...

Page 310: ...cters have jagged or uneven edges a Change the Print Mode in the Graphics tab or Advanced dialog box to Standard in the printer driver b If you are using downloaded fonts verify that the fonts are supported by the printer the host computer and the software program 8 Part or all of the page prints in black a Check the print cartridge to make sure it is installed correctly 9 The job prints but the t...

Page 311: ...when the standard paper is fed from the paper tray The print image quality is evaluated on the maximum size of each standard paper Color print quality X Pression paper Black and White quality 4200 paper 3 Paper condition The paper used is flesh paper immediately after unpacked which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking 4 Printer condition The print image quality...

Page 312: ...1 286 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Version 1 2008 02 15 Parallelism Perpendicularity Skew Linearity ...

Page 313: ...87 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Version 1 2008 02 15 Magnification Error Registration Printed Guaranteed Area Kmy01001KA 4mm 4mm 4mm 4mm 355 6mm 14inch 215 9mm 8 5inch 351 6mm 210 9mm Guaranteed printing area ...

Page 314: ...to step 2 2 Checking the print cartridge installation Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go to step 3 Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pal let Check in diag nosis 3 Checking the sealing tape staying Remove the print car tridge from the printer Is there the sealing tape on the right side of the print car tridge The drum side is the front Pull the ...

Page 315: ...tep 10 Clean up the ter minals 10 Checking the TRANSFER ASSY installation Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 11 11 Checking the TONER DISPENSE MOTOR Does the TONER DISPENSE MOTOR rotate normally Checked by Digital Output DO 21 Control Panel TONER MOTOR Y ON PC 23 Control Panel TONER MOTOR M ON PC 25 Control Panel TONER MOTOR C ON PC 27 Control Panel TONE...

Page 316: ...cking the print cartridge installation Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go to step 3 Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pal let Check in diag nosis 3 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one Go to step 4 Replace the paper with a new and dry 4 Checking the Test Pattern Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print Te...

Page 317: ...t ten sheets Test Print Toner Pal let Check in diag nosis 9 Checking the PWBA MCU installation Reseat the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replace ment 14 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 10 10 Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replace ment 18 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 11 11 Checking the HVPS installation Reseat ...

Page 318: ... print cartridge installation Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go to step 3 Replace to the DELL cartridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pal let Check in diag nosis 3 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one Go to step 4 Replace the paper with a new and dry 4 Checking the Test Pattern Print the Test Pattern page Is the image printed correctly Check...

Page 319: ...place ment 18 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 8 8 Checking the HVPS installation Reseat the HVPS Refer to Removal 34 Replacement 10 Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replacement 18 If not replace the PWBA MCU Refer to Removal 30 Replacement 14 Step Check Yes No ...

Page 320: ...shooting check the paper transfer path Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the Vertical blank lines Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Check...

Page 321: ...tridge and print ten sheets Test Print Toner Pallet Check in diagnosis 5 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with a new and dry one Go to step 6 Replace the paper with a new and dry 6 Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to step 7 7 Checking the foreign substance Remove the F...

Page 322: ... transfer path Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the Horizontal band cross out Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Measure the blank line p...

Page 323: ...urface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to step 6 6 Checking the foreign substance Remove the Fuser Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Check the heat roll surface Are there any foreign substances Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Go to step 7 7 C...

Page 324: ...re there is no foreign materials on the transfer path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the Vertical stripes Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Checking the foreign substance and damage Open the Fron...

Page 325: ...t Check in diagnosis 5 Checking the drum damaged Are there any damage on the drums Replace the fail ure print cartridge Go to step 6 6 Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to step 7 7 Checking the foreign substance Remove the Fuser Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY h...

Page 326: ...the Horizontal stripes Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Checking the foreign substance and damage Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges and the TRANSFER ASSY Are there any foreign substances Remove the for eign s...

Page 327: ... of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to step 6 6 Checking the foreign substance Remove the Fuser Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Check the heat roll surface Are there any foreign substances Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Replace the printer St...

Page 328: ...per and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the Partial Deletion Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Measure the blank line pitch Does the blank line pitch match any of the pitches in the printed table chart Checked by Test Print Contamination check ...

Page 329: ...Go to step 6 Replace to DELL cartridge 6 Checking the paper Is the installed paper with the new and dry one Go to step 7 Replace to the paper with the new and dry 7 Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to step 8 8 Checking the high voltage terminal of the TRANSFER ASSY Open the Fro...

Page 330: ...eign materials on the transfer path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the Spots Print the Contamination Check page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Test Print contamination Check in diagno sis Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Checking the toner contamination Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of ...

Page 331: ...hecking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go to step 5 Replace to DELL cartridge 5 Checking the foreign substance Remove the Fuser Warning Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down Check the heat roll surface Are there any foreign substances Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Go to step 6 6 Checking the paper path Is there ...

Page 332: ... a new dry and recom mended one then go to step 2 2 Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking the Afterimage Ghost Print the Ghost Configuration Page Is the image printed correctly Checked by Ghost Configuration Chart of the Diagnosis tab in Tool Box Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 4 4 Checking the Refresh Configuration page Checked by PHD Refr...

Page 333: ...tion Reseat the four print cartridges Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 8 8 Checking after replacing the print cartridge Replace the failure print cartridge Is the image printed correctly End of work Replace the FUSER ASSY Refer to Removal 8 Replacement 36 Step Check Yes No ...

Page 334: ... Print Gradation in diagnosis End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking the toner contamination Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Is there the toner contamination Clean the toner by the dry cloth or replace the con taminated parts Go to step 3 3 Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go t...

Page 335: ...to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the foreign substance Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Are there any foreign substances Remove the for eign substances Go to step 4 4 Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replacement 40 Go to...

Page 336: ...o step 14 End of work 14 Checking the paper path Is there the foreign substance on the paper path Remove the for eign substance Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 15 Checking the paper installation Reseat the paper in the paper cassette and reset the side and end guides Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 16 End of work 16 Checking the paper path Is there...

Page 337: ...n printing Go to step 3 End of work 3 Checking the foreign substance Open the Front cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Are there any foreign substances Remove the for eign substances Go to step 4 4 Checking the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Are there any damages on the surface of TRANSFER ASSY Replace the TRANSFER ASSY Refer to Removal 4 Replac...

Page 338: ...o to step 16 14 Checking the FEEEDER ASSY DUP installation Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP Does the error still occur when printing Go to step 15 End of work 15 Checking the paper path Is there the foreign substance on the paper path Remove the for eign substance Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP Refer to Removal 5 Replacement 39 16 Checking the paper installation Reseat the paper in the paper cassette and r...

Page 339: ... path Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path such as staples paper clips scraps of paper and so on Step Check Yes No 1 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the tray new and dry one Go to step 2 Replace the paper with a new and dry one 2 Checking the print cartridge Is the installed print cartridge the DELL cartridge Go to step 3 Replace to the DELL cartridge 3 Checkin...

Page 340: ...Check the print data which the problem gener ated Go to step 2 2 Checking the printer installation Did the customer change the installation place of a printer Execute the Auto Regi Adjust in Admin Menu Go to step 3 3 Turn off and turn on the power Print again Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the paper condition Is the paper in the tray new and dry one Go to step 5...

Page 341: ...315 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Version 3 2008 05 30 7 Checking the parameter value Did the client change the value of registration parameter Reset to the default value Replace the Printer Step Check Yes No ...

Page 342: ...over Is the image printed correctly End of work Go to step 2 2 Checking the foreign substance Open the Front Cover check the surrounding area of the print cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the Regi Rolls Are there any foreign substances Remove the for eign substances Go to step 3 3 Checking the print cartridge installation Reseat the four print cartridges Is the image printed correctly End of work ...

Page 343: ...noise arise during Standby Does an abnormal noise arise during printing Refer to the FIP 1 N1 Operation Mode When Power is Turned On to check for any foreign material or damage to the components Refer to the FIP 1 N2 Operation Mode During Standby to check for any foreign material or damage to the components Refer to the FIP 1 N3 Operation Mode During Printing to check for any foreign material or d...

Page 344: ...hecked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Go to step 4 End of work 4 Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN installation Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Try replacing the Yellow Magenta Cyan Black Print Cartridges the TRANSFER ASSY and the DR...

Page 345: ...E ASSY K installation Reseat the DRIVE ASSY K Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC and Digital Output DO 61 Control Panel K MODE SNR PC in diagnosis Try replacing the DRIVE ASSY K Refer to Removal 28 Replacement 16 End of work 12 Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO a Control Panel ...

Page 346: ...No Possible causative parts FAN MAIN PL9 1 10 LVPS PL9 1 40 1 Checking the FAN MAIN Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 1e Control Panel FAN ON PC in diagnosis Replace the FAN MAIN Refer to Removal 32 Replacement 12 Replace the PWBA LVPS Removal 35 Replacement 9 ...

Page 347: ... Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the feeder Go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 Checking the paper condition Replace the standard paper with a new and dry one Does the noise arise from the printer Replace the SEP ARATOR ROLLER Refer to Removal 42 Replacement 2 End of work 5 Checking the Duplex Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Duplex Go to step 6 Go to step 8 6 Checking...

Page 348: ...om the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 0 Control Panel MAIN MOTOR PC in diagnosis Try replacing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Go to step 14 14 Checking the Sub Motor Does the noise arise from the printer Checked by Digital Output DO 5 Control Panel SUB MOTOR PC in diagnosis Try replacing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Refer to Removal 38 Replacement 6 Go to step 15 15 Checking th...

Page 349: ... outlet Does the printer is working End of work Go to step 3 3 Checking the power code connection Reconnect the power code Does the printer is working End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the connector of LVPS connecting Disconnect the power code and wait for one minute Reseat the all connectors of LVPS Does the printer is working End of work Go to step 5 5 Checking the connector of MAIN SWITCH con...

Page 350: ...step 3 3 Checking the connector of CONTROL PANEL connecting Reseat the connector P J220 of CONTROL PANEL Does the CONTROL PANEL is working End of work Go to step 4 4 Checking the PWBA ESS installation Reseat the PWBA ESS Refer to Removal 26 Replace ment 18 Does the message on the control panel appear End of work Replace the PWBA ESS and the Control Panel 5 Go to FIP AC If not Checking the PWBA MCU...

Page 351: ...edia Replace to the new paper Does the multi feed still occur when printing Checking after replacing the END SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Replace the SEP ARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY Refer to Removal 41 Replacement 3 End of work 3 Checking the media Replace to the new paper Does the multi feed still occur when printing Replace the SEP ARATOR ROLLER Refer to Removal 42 Replacement 2 End of work ...

Page 352: ...here any internet connection available for your PC Go to step 4 Replace the PWBA ESS Removal 26 Replacement 18 4 Updating the firmware to the latest version Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL Support Website and execute the update NOTE Before updating the firmware to the latest version reset the error following the steps of procedure described below In addition update the fi...

Page 353: ... Test 2 8 4 1 2 Executing digital input DI test 2 8 4 1 3 Digital Output DO Test 2 20 4 1 4 Executing digital output DO test 2 20 4 2 Print Info 2 44 4 2 1 Executing Print Info 2 44 4 2 2 Config Page 2 44 4 2 3 Print Settings 2 44 4 3 Complete 2 44 4 3 1 Executing Print Info 2 44 4 4 Installation Set 2 45 4 4 1 Executing Installation Set 2 45 4 5 Test Print 2 46 4 5 1 Executing test print 2 46 4 5...

Page 354: ... 6 4 IOT NVM Settings Write 2 102 6 5 IOT NVM Settings Read 2 103 6 6 Print Info 2 104 6 7 Installation Set 2 105 6 8 Test Print 2 107 6 8 1 No Image IOT 2 107 6 8 2 Test Pat IOT 2 108 6 8 3 Grid2 2 109 6 8 4 Cyan 20 2 110 6 8 5 Magenta 20 2 110 6 8 6 Yellow 20 2 111 6 8 7 Black 20 2 111 6 8 8 CMY 20 2 112 6 8 9 Gradation 2 113 6 8 10 Toner Pallet Check 2 114 6 8 11 Contamination Check 2 115 6 9 P...

Page 355: ...ag in the Whole System Major functions of this diag are as follows IOT Diag Setting of parameters for registration in paper feeding direction and so on 1 2 Operating This Software There are the following two Diag operations for operating this software 1 Control Panel Operation Zna02100KA ...

Page 356: ...ctively Described below are the contents of them Control Panel Operation 3 How to Use Diag Customer Mode Control Panel Operation 4 The Kind of Diag and Contents of a Test Control Panel Operation CE Diag Tool Operation 5 How to Use Customer Engineer Diag CE Diag Tool Operation 6 The Kind of CE Diag and Contents of a Test CE Diag Tool Operation Select the menu in this screen ...

Page 357: ...ocate a replaceable unit that causes a problem Sorting problems on the basis of parts that can be replaced by the customer support center This is the base of this mode design and that is why so many features The mode allows the user to execute the test prints parameter settings and so on through the control panel Developer CE Customer Engineer Mode This mode is for debugging by developers or CEs I...

Page 358: ... diagnosis item and its result Selecting a diagnosis item Selecting data at parameter setting Key moves the cursor to the left right 3 Determining a diagnosis item Executing a diagnosis Determining a parameter at param eter setting CANCEL Reseting a diagnosis item Returning to the menu one level higher Terminating each digital input output Ten02010KA LCD 3 CANCEL ...

Page 359: ...r parameter setting pressing 3 key after selecting an item from the menu displays the cur rent setting value of the item Then a numeric value selected by and keys are written into the NVM by 3 key 3 5 Executing Exiting Diag mode The diagnosis can be executed by as follows 1 A test item is displayed 3 key fixed the test item 2 The display prompts the user to start the test Press 3 key and start the...

Page 360: ...ws Print Info Config Page Print Settings IOT Diag Digital Input Digital Output Complete Complete Installation Toner Low Alert Test Print No Image IOT TestPat600 IOT Grid2 Cyan20 Magenta20 Yellow20 Black20 CMY20 Gradation TonerPaletteCheck ContaminationChk Press the 3 key Press the key Press the key Press the CANCEL key ...

Page 361: ...M FastScanReg2KtoY FastScanReg2KtoC Life Y Toner Life M Toner Life C Toner Life K Toner Life DTB Feed Life DTB LAC Life Fuser Life Printer Life DTB Waste Life DTB Time Life YWasteToner Life MWasteToner Life CWasteToner Life KWasteToner Life Y Developer Life M Developer Life C Developer Life K Developer Life Y Drum Life M Drum Life C Drum Life K Drum Life MPF Feed Life Tray1 Feed Life Tray2 Feed 1 ...

Page 362: ...s displayed execute this test to locate the damaged parts The test will execute the DI Test codes of the components that are supposed to be faulty from the error details Refer to each FIP on Chapter 1 Test result NG Go to each FIP or replace the parts OK Turn off on the main power 4 1 2 Executing digital input DI test 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on the power while holding down and keys 3 Release t...

Page 363: ...e Alarm Not Used DI 17 Deve Motor Alarm Not Used DI 18 Tray 1 Paper Size Switch DI 20 Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Code Components Zna02002KB Black Toner Cartridge Sensor DI a Cyan Toner Cartridge Sensor DI b Magenta Toner Cartridge Sensor DI 9 Yellow Toner Cartridge Sensor DI 8 Tray 1 Paper Size Switch DI 18 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor DI 11 MPF No Paper Sensor DI 10 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor DI d Tray 2 Pap...

Page 364: ...2 10 Chapter 2 Operation of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 Kmy02042KA Duplex Jam Sensor DI 1 ...

Page 365: ...ts the paper absence presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere About Switch A micro switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the pro vided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed When the door or cover has being opened the leaf spring returns to its original position and the b...

Page 366: ...ver the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 0 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Remove the Cover Rear 5 Remove the Cover Side R Assy 6 Remove the Drive Assy K 7 Press the lever mounted on the Solenoid to retract the actua tor from the sensor 8 Check the sensor 9 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 10 Replace the Drive Assy K 11 Replace the Co...

Page 367: ...er cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 1 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Remove the Transfer Belt 5 Check the sensor 6 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 7 Replace the Transfer Belt 8 Close the Front Cover Sensor name Diag Code Confirmation procedures Zna02003KA Operator Panel Normal Actuator ...

Page 368: ... 4 Check the sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Regi Sensor DI 3 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 3 3 Remove the 250 paper cassette 4 Insert the paper into the paper path of the Regi assy 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Replace the 250 paper cassette Sensor name Diag Code Confirmation procedures Zna02004KA Operator Pan...

Page 369: ...e DI 8 NOTE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 8 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Sensor name Diag Code Confirmation procedures Zna02006KA Ope...

Page 370: ...e Sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Black Toner Cartridge DI a NOTE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI a 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop ...

Page 371: ...he Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Tray2 Low Paper DI c Internal signal Tray 2 No paper Sensor DI d NOTE The no peper senser is in the option feeder 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI d 3 Remove the Paper Cassette 4 Check the Sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Replace the paper cassette Sen...

Page 372: ...e sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Close the MPF Cover Tray 1 No paper Sensor DI 11 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 11 3 Remove the paper cassette 4 Check the sensor 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 6 Replace the paper cassette Main Motor Alarm DI 12 Internal signal Sub Motor Alarm DI 13 Internal signal Sensor name Diag Code Confirmation pr...

Page 373: ...I 18 3 Check the switch 4 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 5 Replace the paper cassette Tray 2 Paper Size Switch DI 20 NOTE The size switch is in the option feeder 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DI 20 3 Check the switch 4 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 5 Replace the paper cassette Sensor name Diag Code Confirmation procedures Zna02014KA Displays the pap...

Page 374: ...lace the parts OK Turn off on the main power 4 1 4 Executing digital output DO test 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on the power while holding down and keys 3 Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing is displayed 4 The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed Entered the Diag mode 5 Press 3 key 6 Press key to select Digital Output and then press 3 key 7 Press or key to select test item 8 Pr...

Page 375: ...lack Toner Motor DO 27 Black Erase Lamp DO 3d Yellow Magenta and Cyan Erase Lamp DO 3f Yellow Toner Motor DO 21 Magenta Toner Motor DO 23 Cyan Toner Motor DO 25 K Mode Solenoid DO 61 PH Motor DO a c Tray 1 Feed Clutch DO 2f Regi Clutch DO 29 MPF Turn Clutch DO 2b Tray 2 Feed Clutch DO 31 MPF Feed Solenoid DO 2d Exit Clutch DO 5b Tray 2 Turn Clutch DO 33 Tray 2 Feed Motor DO 19 1b Fan DO 1e 1f LED ...

Page 376: ...2 22 Chapter 2 Operation of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 Zna02043KA Duplex Fan DO 5d Duplex Motor DO 13 16 Duplex Clutch DO 35 ...

Page 377: ...net by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor thereby rotating the gear Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the rotor and the gear comes to rest The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the oper ation of the compon...

Page 378: ...es an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the plunger Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its original position by spring action thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to the predefined position Unlike a clutch a solenoid generates a loud operation noise Leg_S...

Page 379: ...When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light The rotational speed of the motor is as follows DO 2 Half DO 0 Full 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the black toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the DO 0 The customer can...

Page 380: ...es and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light The rotational speed of the motor is as follows DO 7 Half DO 5 Full 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the all toner cartridges 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the DO 5 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop test 7 Remove the cheater and replace the al...

Page 381: ...er open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light The rotational speed of the motor is as follows DO c Half DO a Full 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DO a The customer can confirm the motor noise only 5 Press the Cancel key to stop test 6 Remove the cheater 7 Close the Front C...

Page 382: ...e DO 13 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop test 7 Remove the cheater and replace the transfer belt 8 Close the Front Cover Tray 2 Feed Motor DO 19 DO 1b NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff The customer check are the procedure 1 4 and 5 The rotational speed of the motor is as follows DO 1b Half DO 19 Half 1 turn on the power and enter the Diagnos...

Page 383: ...6 When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Remove the yellow toner cartridge 5 Execute the DO 21 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop tes...

Page 384: ...l toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the magenta toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the DO 23 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the magenta toner cartridge 9 Close the Front Cover Clut...

Page 385: ...ll toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the cyan toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the DO 25 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the cyan toner cartridge 9 Close the Front Cover Clutch an...

Page 386: ...ll toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the black toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the DO 27 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Press the Cancel key to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the black toner cartridge 9 Close the Front Cover Clutch ...

Page 387: ...Cancel key to stop the clutch Combination test is as follows NOTE The regi roll rotates when the DO a and the DO 29 are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DO a and the DO 29 5 Confirm the Regi Roll rotation 6 Press the Cancel key to stop the clutch 7 Press the ...

Page 388: ...s the Cancel key to stop the motor 8 Replace the Tray 1 paper cassette MPF Feed Solenoid DO 2d 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Execute the DO 2d Upon hitting the return key the operat ing noise of the solenoid will be heard 3 Press the Cancel key to stop the solenoid Combination test is as follows NOTE The MPF feed roll rotates when the DO a and the DO 2d are executed This proc...

Page 389: ... The Tray 1 feed roll rotates when the DO a and the DO 2f are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Remove the Tray 1 paper cassette 3 Execute the DO a and the DO 2f 4 Confirm the feed Roll rotation 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the clutch 6 Press the key to display the DO a 7 Press the Cancel key to stop the motor 8 Replace the Tra...

Page 390: ...The Tray 2 feed roll rotates when the DO 19 and the DO 31 are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Remove the Tray 2 paper cassette 3 Execute the DO 19 and the DO 31 4 Confirm the feed Roll rotation 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the clutch 6 Press the key to display the DO 19 7 Press the Cancel key to stop the motor 8 Replace the T...

Page 391: ...The Tray 2 turn roll rotates when the DO 19 and the DO 33 are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Remove the Tray 1 paper cassette 3 Execute the DO 19 and the DO 33 4 Confirm the Turn Roll rotation 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the clutch 6 Press the key to display the DO 19 7 Press the Cancel key to stop the motor 8 Replace the T...

Page 392: ...or the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DO 13 and the DO 35 5 Confirm the gear rotation 6 Press the Cancel key to stop the clutch 7 Press the...

Page 393: ...h the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DO 37 The customer can confirm the motor noise only 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the solenoid 6 Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover Clutch and Solenoid name Diag Code Co...

Page 394: ...en remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DO 39 5 Press the Cancel key to stop the LED lighting 6 Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover OHP Sensor LED DO 3b Not used Clutch and Solenoid name Diag Code Confirmation procedure Zna02036KA ...

Page 395: ...emove the cheater and close the Front Cover Yellow Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp DO 3f NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4...

Page 396: ...ss the Cancel key to stop the motor Duplex Fan DO 5d NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff The customer check are the procedure 1 4 and 5 When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interloc...

Page 397: ...the Front Cover 2 Remove the Cover Rear 3 Remove the Cover Side R Assy 4 Remove the Drive Assy K 5 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 6 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 7 Execute the DO 61 8 Check the K Mode SOLENOID movement 9 Press the Cancel key to stop the test 10 Replace the Safety Interlock System 11 Replace the Drive Assy K 12 Replace the Cover Side R Assy 13 Replace the Cover...

Page 398: ... step higher menu press CANCEL key 4 2 2 Config Page The version of software of IOT and the printer configuration can be confirmed by executing this test 4 2 3 Print Settings The service tag printing count value and error count value can be confirmed by executing this test 4 3 Complete Completes the diagnosis operation and reboot the data 4 3 1 Executing Print Info 1 Turn off the power 2 Turn on t...

Page 399: ...he power 2 Turn on the power while holding down and keys 3 Release the fingers from these keys when Diagnosing is displayed 4 The Customer Mode and IOT Diag are displayed Entered the Diag mode 5 Press to select Installation Set and then press 3 key twice 6 Press key to select the ON or OFF 7 Press 3 key to execute the setting To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu press CANCEL ke...

Page 400: ...iag are displayed Entered the Diag mode 5 Press key to select Test Print and then press 3 key 6 Press or key to select the test item 7 Press 3 key twice to execute the test To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu press CANCEL key 4 5 2 No Image IOT Prints the blanked paper 4 5 3 Test Pattern 600 IOT Prints the IOT built in 600dpi pattern When the PQ problem occurred this test enab...

Page 401: ...uilt in grid pattern When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as printer related or oth erwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process and PWBA ESS related OK Check the network cable PC and so on Leg_Sec02_004FA ...

Page 402: ...mpare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the cyan toner related OK Check another toner 4 5 6 Magenta 20 Outputs magenta 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the magenta toner related OK Check another toner ...

Page 403: ...lor Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow toner related OK Check another toner 4 5 8 Black 20 Outputs black 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the black toner related OK Check another toner ...

Page 404: ...on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three color toners or otherwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow magenta or cyan toner related OK Check black toner Leg_Sec02_009FA ...

Page 405: ...rn from 2 to 100 on a A4 paper for each of 4 colors When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or PWBA ESS related Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process OK Check the PWBA ESS related Leg_Sec02_010FA ...

Page 406: ...ensity color pattern of Y M C K When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing this test enables to identify the problem as the toner or another Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the problem toner related OK Check the print job or print data Leg_Sec02_011FA ...

Page 407: ...he difference in the interval of regular lines or spots you can determine the parts that have caused the trouble Page 1 to 4 Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity and intervals Page 5 Prints the list of intervals by component fault Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Wsb02028KA 13 Wsb02027KA 13 Wsb02029KA 13 Wsb02030KA 13 Zna02119KA ...

Page 408: ... 1 2 Life Counter Reads the life counter and the printer Parameter Function Default Adjustable range Slow Scan Reg K to P Shifts 0 17mm 1count Black registration adjustment 128 to 127 Slow Scan Reg 600 M Y C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color registration adjustment 600 and 1200 dpi 30 to 30 Slow Scan Reg1200 M Y C Shifts 0 021mm 1count 60 to 60 Fast Scan Reg K to M Y or C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color reg...

Page 409: ...st Scan Reg DUP Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value Slow Scan Reg K to P Slow Scan Reg 600 M Y C Slow Scan Reg 1200 M Y C Image Side Default Value Default Value Kmy02041KA ...

Page 410: ...g count 100000 Life Printer Paper feeding count Life DTB Transfer Belt 2 Waste Toner cleaning count 120000 Life DTB Transfer Belt 3 Cycle count 14000000 Life Y Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life M Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life C Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life K Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life Y Developer Cycle count 2500000 Li...

Page 411: ...nment CE Diag runs under the OS Operating System environment described below Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 Confirm the specification of PC before using the CE Diag because each CE Diag tool for 64 bit PC and for 32 bit PC exists 5 2 Connection method Standalone connection Connection with a standard USB connector cable ...

Page 412: ...rs on the display when the icon is double clicked 2 CE Diag screen appears on the display when the OK is clicked In the case where the power to the printer stays OFF when activating the CE Diag or where the power to the printer is turned OFF while the CE Diag is running the tool can not be used giving the error message shown below ...

Page 413: ...der the default setting no password is set However when the menu cannot be exe cuted the user specified password needs to be entered 3 To terminate the CE Diag the message screen appears on the display when the CLOSE but ton at the upper right of the screen is clicked CE Diag is terminated when the OK is clicked on the message screen ...

Page 414: ...r Maintenance Changes the settings for the printer set items Diagnosis Outputs the test charts incorporated in the printer and checks the functions NOTE The aforementioned three tools refer to the operation explanation about the Tool Box given in the User Guide CE Diag Checks the operation of internal parts of the printer prints out the printer information changes the adjusted values and implement...

Page 415: ...2 61 Chapter 2 Operation of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 5 5 Selecting CE Diag item CE Diag screen appears on the display when the CE Diag tab is clicked Select the menu in this screen ...

Page 416: ...ppears only when the optional HD is installed Installation Set Dell Service Tag Number Printer Serial Number Pixel Counter Y Coverage M Coverage C Coverage K Coverage Tone Correction Configuration Dip Switch 0 Dip Switch 1 Dip Switch 2 Dip Switch 3 Print Counter Counter Copy M to B Counter Copy B to M ESS NVM Init JOB LOG Init Erase Hard Disc 1 Color Print Count B W Print Count Total Print Count C...

Page 417: ...g KtoC Fast Scan Reg MPF SSI Fast Scan Reg Tray1 Fast Scan Reg Tray2 1 Fast Scan Reg Dup 1 Fast Scan Reg2 KtoM Fast Scan Reg2 KtoY Fast Scan Reg2 KtoC Toner Life Y Toner Dispense Time Life M Toner Dispense Time Life C Toner Dispense Time Life K Toner Dispense Time Life Y Waste Toner Count Life M Waste Toner Count Life C Waste Toner Count Life K Waste Toner Count DTB Life DTB Round Time Life DTB Sh...

Page 418: ...rsion 1 2007 12 28 Drum Life Y Drum Life M Drum Life C Drum Life K Drum Custom Life Custom Start Life Custom End PHD Life PHD Deve Y Dispense Time Life PHD Deve M Dispense Time Life PHD Deve C Dispense Time Life PHD Deve K Dispense Time ...

Page 419: ...ion All Test This test executes the all tests of the ESS diagnostic except the MAC PHY test and PANEL test Code ROM Test Calculates the ROM checksum and compares it with the value stored in the ROM Executes this test when the 016 317 error occurred Test result NG Go to FIP OK Turn off on the main power EEP ROM Test Performs write read verify on the diag area of the EEPROM Executes this test when t...

Page 420: ...ng IOT Test Communication test with the IOT Executes this test when the 016 370 error occurred Test result NG Go to FIP OK Turn off on the main power HD Test Checks whether the optional HD is inserted or not and then executes the Device Diagnostic Command Executes this test when the 016 312 error occurred Test result NG Go to FIP OK Turn off on the main power Network Key Test Diagnosis whether the...

Page 421: ...hat the component status is changed from LOW to HIGH and vice versa by operating the actuator or opening closing the door To stop the operation the Stop button on the screen should be clicked Items for the Digital Input Test are as follows Item Item K MODE SNR FDR MOTOR ALM Not Used DUP SNR MSI NO PAPER EXIT SNR CST1 NO PAPER REGI SNR MAI MOTOR ALM Not Used IL OPEN SUB MOT ALM Not Used CRU Y OHP S...

Page 422: ...RU M Yellow Toner Cartridge Sensor CRU Y Tray 1 Paper Size Switch CASSETTE1 SIZE Tray 1 No Paper Sensor CST1 NO PAPER MPF No Paper Sensor MSI NO PAPER Tray 2 No Paper Sensor CST2 NO PAPER Tray 2 Paper Size Switch CASSETTE2 SIZE K Mode Sensor K MODE SNR Front Cover Interlock Switch IL OPEN Exit Sensor EXIT SNR Regi Sensor REGI SNR Zna02118KB Duplex Jam Sensor DUP SNR ...

Page 423: ...ts the paper absence presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere About Switch A micro switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the pro vided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed When the door or cover has being opened the leaf spring returns to its original position and the b...

Page 424: ...er the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the K MODE SNR 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Remove the Cover Rear 5 Remove the Cover Side R Assy 6 Remove the Drive Assy K 7 Press the lever mounted on the Solenoid to retract the actua tor from the sensor 8 Check the sensor 9 Click the Stop button to stop the test 10 Replace the Drive Assy K 11 Replace the Cove...

Page 425: ...remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the DUP SNR 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Remove the Transfer Belt 5 Check the sensor 6 Click the stop button to stop the test 7 Replace the Transfer Belt 8 Close the Front Cover Item Confirmation procedures Zna02102KB Actuator ...

Page 426: ...IT SNR 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover REGI SNR 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the REGI SNR 3 Remove the 250 paper cassette 4 Insert the paper into the paper path of the Regi assy 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Replace the 250 paper cassette Item Confirmation procedures Zna02103KB Zna02104KA...

Page 427: ...e Front Cover CRU Y NOTE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the CRU Y 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover Item Confirmation procedures Zna02105KB Zna02106KB ...

Page 428: ...en the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover CRU K NOTE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the CRU K 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Click the stop button to st...

Page 429: ... the CE Diag 2 Execute the CRU C 3 Open the Front Cover 4 Check the Sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Close the Front Cover CST2 NO PAPER NOTE The no peper senser is in the option feeder 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the CST2 NO PAPER 3 Remove the Paper Cassette 4 Check the Sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Replace the paper cassette Item Confi...

Page 430: ...SI NO PAPER 3 Open the MPF Cover 4 Check the sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Close the MPF Cover CST1 NO PAPER 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the CST1 NO PAPER 3 Remove the paper cassette 4 Check the sensor 5 Click the stop button to stop the test 6 Replace the paper cassette Item Confirmation procedures Zna02111KB Actuator Zna02112KA Actuator ...

Page 431: ...he switch 4 Click the stop button to stop the test 5 Replace the paper cassette CASSETTE 2 SIZE NOTE The size switch is in the option feeder 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the CASSETTE 2 SIZE 3 Check the switch 4 Click the stop button to stop the test 5 Replace the paper cassette Item Confirmation procedures Zna02113KB Zna02114KA ...

Page 432: ...break them To stop the operation the Stop button on the screen should be clicked Items for the Digital Output Test are as follows Item Item MAIN MOTOR FULL HALF CASSETTE1 FEED CLUTCH ON SUB MOTOR FULL HALF CASSETTE2 FEED CLUTCH ON PH MOTOR ON FULL HALF CASSETTE2 TURN CLUTCH ON DUPLEX MOTOR ON FULL HALF DUPLEX CLUTCH ON OPTION FEEDER 1 MOTOR ON FULL HALF CTD SOLENOID ON FAN ON HIGH LOW CTD SENSOR O...

Page 433: ...MOTOR M ON Cyan Toner Motor TONER MOTOR C ON K Mode Solenoid K MODE CLUTCH ON PH Motor PH MOTOR ON Tray 1 Feed Clutch CASSETTE1 FEED CLUTCH ON Regi Clutch REGI CLUTCH ON MPF Turn Clutch MSI TURN CLUTCH ON Tray 2 Feed Clutch CASSETTE2 FEED CLUTCH ON MPF Feed Solenoid MSI FEED CLUTCH ON Exit Clutch EXIT CLUTCH ON Tray 2 Turn Clutch CASSETTE2 TURN CLUTCH ON Tray 2 Feed Motor OPTION FEEDER 1 MOTOR ON ...

Page 434: ...C ON DBDC Y ON DBDC M ON DBDC C ON DBDC K ON TR Y ON TR M ON TR C ON TR K ON AD PLUS ON HV ON is prohibited to avoid shock hazards since they are high voltage outputs for forming toner images Zna02117KB Duplex Fan DUPLEX FAN ON Duplex Motor DUPLEX MOTOR ON Duplex Clutch DUPLEX CLUTCH ON ...

Page 435: ...net by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor thereby rotating the gear Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the rotor and the gear comes to rest The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the oper ation of the compon...

Page 436: ...es an electromagnet by the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case and attracts the plunger Upon the loss of power to the coil electromagnetic force is lost and the plunger is returned to its original position by spring action thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to the predefined position Unlike a clutch a solenoid generates a loud operation noise Leg_S...

Page 437: ...e PC DEVE DRIVE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the black toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the MAIN MOTOR FULL The customer can con firm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop b...

Page 438: ...h the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the all toner cartridges 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the SUB MOTOR FULL The customer can confirm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop button to stop test 7 Remove the cheater and replace the all toner cartridge...

Page 439: ...tton to stop test 6 Remove the cheater 7 Close the Front Cover DUPLEX MOTOR ON FULL HALF NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff The customer check are the procedure 1 5 and 6 The DEVE motor is in the DUPLEX MODULE When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and e...

Page 440: ...eft side cover of the Tray 2 4 Execute the OPTION FEEDER 1 MOTOR ON FULL The customer can confirm the motor noise only 5 Click the stop button to stop test 6 Replace the left side cover of the Tray 2 7 Replace the Tray 2 paper cassette FAN ON HIGH LOW NOTE The rotational speed of the fan is as follows 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the FAN ON HIGH 3 Click the stop button to st...

Page 441: ...remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Remove the yellow toner cartridge 5 Execute the TONER MOTOR Y ON The customer can con firm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop button to stop test 7 Replace the yellow toner cartridge 8 Remove the cheater 9 Close the Fron...

Page 442: ...emove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the magenta toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the TONER MOTOR M ON The customer can con firm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop button to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the magenta toner cartridge 9 Close the Fro...

Page 443: ...n remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the cyan toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the TONER MOTOR C ON The customer can con firm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop button to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the cyan toner cartridge 9 Close the Front ...

Page 444: ... remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Remove the black toner cartridge 4 Cheat the safety Interlock System 5 Execute the TONER MOTOR K ON The customer can con firm the motor noise only 6 Click the stop button to stop test 7 Remove the cheater 8 Replace the black toner cartridge 9 Close the Front...

Page 445: ...lutch will be heard 3 Click the stop button to stop the clutch Combination test is as follows NOTE The regi roll rotates when the PH MOTOR ON FULL and the REGI CLUTCH ON are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the PH MOTOR ON FULL and the REGI CLUTCH ON 5 Confirm th...

Page 446: ...otation 5 Click the stop button to stop the clutch 6 Replace the Tray 1 paper cassette MSI FEED CLUTCH ON 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Execute the MSI FEED CLUTCH ON Upon hitting the Start button the operating noise of the solenoid will be heard 3 Click the stop button to stop the solenoid Combination test is as follows NOTE The MPF feed roll rotates when the PH MOTOR ON FULL and th...

Page 447: ...mbination test is as follows NOTE The Tray 1 feed roll rotates when the PH MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 1 FEED CLUTCH ON are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Remove the Tray 1 paper cassette 3 Execute the PH MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 1 FEED CLUTCH ON 4 Confirm the feed Roll rotation 5 Click the stop button to stop the clutch 6 Re...

Page 448: ...t is as follows NOTE The Tray 2 feed roll rotates when the OPTION FEEDER 1 MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 2 FEED CLUTCH ON are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Remove the Tray 2 paper cassette 3 Execute the OPTION FEEDER 1 MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 2 FEED CLUTCH ON 4 Confirm the feed Roll rotation 5 Click the stop button to stop th...

Page 449: ...est is as follows NOTE The Tray 2 turn roll rotates when the OPTION FEEDER MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 2 TURN CLUTCH ON are executed This procedure is for the technical staff 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Remove the Tray 1 paper cassette 3 Execute the OPTION FEEDER MOTOR ON FULL and the CASSETTE 2 TURN CLUTCH ON 4 Confirm the Turn Roll rotation 5 Click the stop button to stop the ...

Page 450: ...LL and the DUPLEX CLUTCH ON are executed This procedure is for the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the DUPLEX MOTOR ON FULL and the DUPLEX CLUTCH ON 5 C...

Page 451: ...onger with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the CTD SOLENOID ON The customer can confirm the motor noise only 5 Click the stop button to stop the solenoid 6 Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover Item Confirmation procedu...

Page 452: ...er with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the CTD SENSOR ON 5 Click the stop button to stop the LED lighting 6 Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover Item Confirmation procedure Zna02036KA ...

Page 453: ...p the LED lighting 6 Remove the cheater and close the Front Cover ERACE YMC ON NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Execute the ERACE ...

Page 454: ... stop button to stop the clutch DUPLEX FAN ON NOTE This procedure is for the technical staff The customer check are the procedure 1 4 and 5 When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open remove all toner cartridges and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light 1 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 2 Open the Front Cover 3 Cheat the safety Interlock System 4 Exec...

Page 455: ...ght 1 Open the Front Cover 2 Remove the Cover Rear 3 Remove the Cover Side R Assy 4 Remove the Drive Assy K 5 Cheat the Safety Interlock System 6 Turn on the power and enter the CE Diag 7 Execute the K MODE CLUTCH ON 8 Check the K MODE SOLENOID movement 9 Click the stop button to stop the test 10 Replace the Safety Interlock System 11 Replace the Drive Assy K 12 Replace the Cover Side R Assy 13 Re...

Page 456: ...apter 2 Operation of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 6 4 IOT NVM Settings Write Menu used for changing the settings for internal data of the printer This operation is prohibited since it can damage the internal data ...

Page 457: ...2 103 Chapter 2 Operation of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 6 5 IOT NVM Settings Read Menu used for confirming the internal data of the printer ...

Page 458: ...em Function Config Page The version of software of printer and the configuration can be confirmed by executing this test Push the Config Page button to print the config Page Print Setting The service tag printing count value and error count value can be con firmed by executing this test Push the Print Setting button to print the Print Settings ...

Page 459: ...s whether or not tone correction is performed When the checkmark is placed in the checkbox tone correction is per formed Configuration The use of Configuration is prohibited since it is a tool for design devel opment Print Counter Displays the respective counter values in the master NVM and backup NVM read only Counter Copy M to B Copies the counter value in the master NVM of the ESS PWBA to the b...

Page 460: ...rom the current menu in operation NOTE After completion of all operations Restart printer to apply new set tings button should be clicked without exceptions Restart printer to apply new settings button This button should be clicked after completion of setting change The restart of a printer is required in order to confirm this setup Item Function ...

Page 461: ...n of Diag Version 1 2007 12 28 6 8 Test Print Print an internal test pattern of the printer If paper jam or paper empty occurs during the print the test waits until they are resolved 6 8 1 No Image IOT Prints the blanked paper ...

Page 462: ...nts the IOT built in 600dpi pattern When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or the PWBA ESS related Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process OK Check the PWBA ESS related Kmy02001KA ...

Page 463: ...uilt in grid pattern When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as printer related or oth erwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process and PWBA ESS related OK Check the network cable PC and so on Leg_Sec02_004FA ...

Page 464: ...ompare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the cyan toner related OK Check another toner 6 8 5 Magenta 20 Outputs magenta 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the magenta toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the magenta toner related OK Check another toner...

Page 465: ...olor Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow toner related OK Check another toner 6 8 7 Black 20 Outputs black 20 paint on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the black toner or another color Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the black toner related OK Check another toner...

Page 466: ...on the whole area of a A4 paper When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the balance of three color toners or otherwise Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the yellow magenta or cyan toner related OK Check black toner Leg_Sec02_009FA ...

Page 467: ...rn from 2 to 100 on a A4 paper for each of 4 colors When the PQ problem occurred this test enables to identify the problem as the printing process or PWBA ESS related Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the printing process OK Check the PWBA ESS related Leg_Sec02_010FA ...

Page 468: ...ensity color pattern of Y M C K When the PQ problem occurred in the picture or photo printing this test enables to identify the problem as the toner or another Compare the sample chart with the print Check result NG Check the problem toner related OK Check the print job or print data Leg_Sec02_011FA ...

Page 469: ...the difference in the interval of regular lines or spots you can determine the parts that have caused the trouble Page 1 to 4 Prints the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity and intervals Page 5 Prints the list of intervals by component fault Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5 Wsb02028KA 13 Wsb02027KA 13 Wsb02029KA 13 Wsb02030KA 13 Zna02119KA ...

Page 470: ...s function reads writes the following parameters stored in the printer Clicking Apply new settings or Restart printer to apply new settings button after the setting is completed determines the contents of setting change 6 9 1 Print Prints out the current parameter settings ...

Page 471: ...2 Life Counter Reads the life counter and the printer Parameter Function Default Adjustable range Slow Scan Reg K to P Shifts 0 17mm 1count Black registration adjustment 128 to 127 Slow Scan Reg 600 M Y C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color registration adjustment 600 and 1200 dpi 30 to 30 Slow Scan Reg1200 M Y C Shifts 0 021mm 1count 60 to 60 Fast Scan Reg K to M Y or C Shifts 0 042mm 1count Color regist...

Page 472: ... buttons excluding Life Fuser Sheets are not to be used Life Fuser Sheets is to be ini tialized when replacing the Fuser 6 9 6 Drum The rotating time of the Drum appears read only 6 9 7 Custom Information of the Custom appears read only Fast Scan Reg K to M Y C Fast Scan Reg2 K to M Y C Fast Scan Reg MP Tray1 Tray2 Fast Scan Reg DUP Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value Shi...

Page 473: ...ttings button This button should be clicked to move to any other setting menu from the current menu in opera tion After completion of all operations Restart printer to apply new settings button should be clicked without exceptions Restart printer to apply new button This button should be clicked after completion of setting change The restart of a printer is required in order to confirm this setup ...

Page 474: ...ansfer Belt 2 Waste Toner cleaning count 120000 Life DTB Transfer Belt 3 Cycle count 14000000 Life Y Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life M Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life C Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life K Waste Toner Waste Toner cleaning count 18000 Life Y Developer Cycle count 2500000 Life M Developer Cycle count 2500000 Life C Developer Cycle c...

Page 475: ...ED SOLENOID PL3 1 98 3 26 Removal 16 ROLL ASSY MSI PL3 1 8 3 28 Removal 17 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY PL8 1 7 3 30 Removal 18 SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY PL7 1 18 3 33 Removal 19 BREAKER GFI INLET PL9 1 43 3 34 Removal 20 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 3 35 Removal 21 LEVER FUSER AD PL6 1 19 3 36 Removal 22 ARM ASSEMBLY PL7 1 98 3 38 Removal 23 LED ASSEMBLY PL5 1 15 3 42 Removal 24 TONER DISPENSER MOTOR PL5 1 12 3 44 Remov...

Page 476: ...t 9 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 3 113 Replacement 10 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL5 1 17 3 117 Replacement 11 HARN ASSY AC IN PL9 1 16 3 119 Replacement 12 FAN PL9 1 10 3 121 Replacement 13 TOP COVER PL1 1 1 3 122 Replacement 14 MACHINE CONTROL UNIT PL9 1 20 3 123 Replacement 15 HUMIDITY SENSOR PL9 1 19 3 125 Replacement 16 DRIVE ASSY K PL8 1 10 3 127 Replacement 17 SHIELD MCU PL9 1 42 3 130 R...

Page 477: ...acement 39 DUPLEX MODULE PL11 1 1 3 170 Replacement 40 TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 3 171 Replacement 41 TRAY REAR COVER PL1 1 5 3 173 Replacement 42 MPF COVER PL1 2 99 3 174 Replacement 43 COVER EXTENDER PL1 1 9 3 175 Replacement 46 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY PL12 1 1 3 180 Replacement 47 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER PL9 1 32 3 181 Replacement 48 HARD DISK PL9 1 47 3 182 Replacement 49 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPT...

Page 478: ...rser than that of the sheet metal type Screw tip is thin Oblique screw ing damages the thread because this screw cuts female threads in the base material as it goes in 2 Screw for plastic Silver with flange tap Plastic Silver colored With flange Thread is coarser than that of the sheet metal type Screw tip is thin Oblique screw ing damages the thread because this screw cuts female threads in the b...

Page 479: ...terioration due to exposure to light When removing the toner cartridge in a removal replacement operation cover the drum to keep it from being exposed to light Remove PAPER TRAY TRANSFER BELT TONER CARTRIDGE and FUSER and put them in a place where they do not affect the procedure Note that the service procedures can be per formed with those parts in place depending on the target section of removal...

Page 480: ... front of the printer Left Left hand direction when facing the front of the printer Right Right hand direction when facing the front of the printer Figure Definitions of Printer Orientation The string RRP X Y that appears in or at the end of the procedure denotes that the related service procedure is described in RRP X Y Screws shown in the illustrations are to be unscrewed and removed using a Phi...

Page 481: ...TONER CARTRIDGE SENSORASSEMBLY K C M Y Removal 39 ROLLASSYMSI Removal 16 INTEGRATED FEEDERASSEMBLY Removal 40 FAN Removal 32 FAN Removal 32 ROS Removal 36 HARNASSYAC IN Removal 33 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Removal 35 SHIELDASSYESS Removal 25 SHIELD MCU Removal 27 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Removal 34 TOPCOVER Removal 31 Removing 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY MPF ROLLER Removal 43 MEMORYCARD Removal 47 NETWOR...

Page 482: ...Y Replacement 9 FAN Replacement 12 ROS Replacement 8 SHIELDASSYESS Replacement 19 SHIELD MCU Replacement 17 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Replacement 10 TOPCOVER Replacement 13 WIRELESS PRINTERADAPTER Replacement 47 MEMORYCARD Replacement 50 HARD DISK Replacement 48 NETWORK PROTOCOLADAPTER Replacement 49 Attaching 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY MPF ROLLER Replacement 1 KIT SEPARATOR ROLLER FEED ROLLER Replaceme...

Page 483: ...ep described below take care not to damage the bosses on the COVER EXTENDER 1 Open the COVER EXTENDER PL1 1 9 2 Remove the COVER EXTENDER PL1 1 9 by bending it and removing its left and right bosses from the holes on the TOP COVER PL1 1 1 For the replacement procedure of this part go to Replacement 43 COVER EXTENDER PL1 1 9 Zna03003KA 2 1 2 2 2 3 ...

Page 484: ...at pivot the LINK ASSY MSIs piv oted to the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE at the other end to the FRONT COVER PL 1 2 1 at the two locations on the left and right and then pull out the PIN PIVOT MSIs to the inside 3 Release the hooks on the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs PL1 2 30 that pivot the MPF COVER to the printer at the two locations on the left and right and then pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs to the inside 4 Remove ...

Page 485: ...ersion 3 2008 05 30 Removal 3 TRAY REAR COVER PL1 1 5 1 Pull the TRAY REAR COVER PL1 1 5 backward until it stops 2 Release the two hooks by depressing the center of the TRAY REAR COVER and then remove the TRAY REAR COVER from the printer Zna03005KB 2 1 2 2 ...

Page 486: ...3 9 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 487: ...on 3 2008 05 30 Removal 4 TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Release the lock by pulling up the levers on the left and right sides of the TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 Raise the TRANSFER BELT upright Continues to the next page Zna03006KA 2 1 2 2 2 1 ...

Page 488: ... PL4 1 1 3 Remove the TRANSFER BELT by releasing the left side lug on the TRANSFER BELT from the U shaped notch of the FRONT COVER and pulling out the right side lug on the TRANS FER BELT from the hole on the FRONT COVER Go to the next removal step Removal 5 DUPLEX MODULE PL11 1 1 Zna03007KA 3 2 3 1 ...

Page 489: ...ent check that Steps 1 and 2 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the TRANSFER BELT Removal 4 3 Release the lock by pulling the lever of the DUPLEX MODULE PL11 1 1 and then raise the DUPLEX MODULE 4 Release the two bosses on the backside of the DUPLEX MODULE from the holes on the FRONT COVER and then remove the DUPLEX MODULE Zna03008KA 3 1 3 2 4 ...

Page 490: ... 1 18 21 Described below is the removal procedure common among the TONER CARTRIDGEs C M Y and K Step 1 is for reference Before removing this component check that Step 1 has been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE toward you by pulling it by the left and right handles Zna03009KB 2 ...

Page 491: ...vice operation 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Open the DUPLEX GATE PL6 1 13 to about 45 degrees so that the flat faces of the left side pivot of the DUPLEX GATE comes parallel with the U shaped notch Pull out the left side pivot of the DUPLEX GATE from the U shaped notch diagonally backward 3 Pull out the right side pivot of the DUPLEX GATE from the hole on the printer Zna03010KB 2 2 3 2 1 ...

Page 492: ...ot to get burned when performing the ser vice operation 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Open the DUPLEX GATE PL6 1 13 3 Lift the LEVER FUSER D PL6 1 18 and LEVER FUSER AD PL6 1 19 up to release the lock of FUSER PL6 1 10 4 Shift the FUSER toward you to disengage the FUSER connector P J171 5 Remove the FUSER from the printer Zna03011KB 2 4 5 3 3 ...

Page 493: ...n 1 2008 01 08 Removal 9 CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT PL6 1 1 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove two screws silver with flange tap 10mm that fix the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT PL6 1 1 to the FRONT COVER 3 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT from the FRONT COVER Kmy03013KA 2 2 3 ...

Page 494: ...5 30 Removal 10 REAR COVER PL1 1 4 1 Remove four screws silver tap 10mm that fix the REAR COVER PL1 1 4 to the printer 2 Remove the REAR COVER from the printer Go to the next removal step Removal 11 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 or Removal 20 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03015KB 1 1 1 1 2 ...

Page 495: ...R PL1 1 6 to the printer 5 Release the two holes on the RIGHT COVER from the bosses on the printer 6 Release the one backside hook and two frontside hooks on the RIGHT COVER and then remove the RIGHT COVER diagonally backward Go to the next removal step Removal 12 LEVER FUSER D PL6 1 18 Removal 13 OPERATOR PANEL PL1 2 97 Removal 14 FRONT COVER PL1 2 98 Removal 15 MPF FEED SOLENOID PL3 1 98 Removal...

Page 496: ...ng this component check that Steps 1 through 4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the one screw silver with flange tap 10mm that fixes the LEVER FUSER D PL6 1 18 to the printer 6 Remove the LEVER FUSER D from the printer Zna03200KB 5 6 ...

Page 497: ...VER Removal 11 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT Removal 9 6 Remove the one screw silver tap 10mm that fixes the BRACKET HARNESS PL1 2 34 to the FRONT COVER 7 Remove the BRACKET HARNESS from the FRONT COVER 8 Release the clamp that fixes the core of the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE PL1 2 15 and then disengage the connector P J220 of the OPERATOR PANEL PL1 2 16 When performing the step described below take ...

Page 498: ...edures RRPs Version 3 2008 05 30 Removal 13 OPERATOR PANEL PL1 2 97 10 Disengage the connector P J2900 of the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE 11 Release the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE from the DUCT ASSY DRV PH PL8 1 8 Continues to the next page Zna03122KB 10 11 ...

Page 499: ...e FRONT COVER 14 Slide the LATCH FRONT to the left and then remove the LATCH FRONT from the FRONT COVER 15 Remove the four screws silver tap 10mm that fix the COVER HARNESS PL1 2 5 to the FRONT COVER Take care not to move the COVER HARNESS away from the FRONT COVER too far because the COVER HARNESS is secured to the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 16 Remove the COVER HARNESS from the FRONT COVER 17 Remov...

Page 500: ...3 23 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 501: ...he FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the one screw silver with washer 6mm that fixes to the printer the ground wire of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER PL1 2 11 When performing the step below leave the junction connector on the printer side cable 6 Disengage the connector P J2900 of the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE PL1 2 15 and the con nector P J27...

Page 502: ... sides of the FRONT COVER and then pull out the SHAFT PIVOT to the outside while holding the FRONT COVER Remove the FRONT COVER from the LINK L PL7 1 3 and LINK R PL7 1 13 on the printer 10 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT MSI PL1 2 30 that fixes the left and right sides of the FRONT COVER and the MPF COVER to the printer and then pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSI to the inside 11 Remove the FRONT C...

Page 503: ...nt check that Steps 1 through 4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the SPRING FEED MSI PL3 1 4 from the printer 6 Remove the GEAR MSI PL3 1 5 from the SHAFT MSI PL3 1 12 by releasing the hook on the GEAR MSI Continues to the next page Zna03017KA 6 1 6 2 5 ...

Page 504: ...he junction connector on the printer side cable 7 Disengage the connector P J234 of the MPF FEED SOLENOID PL3 1 3 8 Remove the harness of the MPF FEED SOLENOID from the DUCT ASSY DRV PH PL8 1 8 9 Remove the one screw silver tap 8mm that fixes the MPF FEED SOLENOID to the printer 10 Remove the MPF FEED SOLENOID from the printer Zna03018KB 7 2 7 1 8 9 10 ...

Page 505: ...check that Steps 1 through 4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the SPRING FEED MSI PL3 1 4 from the printer 6 Remove the GEAR MSI PL3 1 5 from the SHAFT MSI PL3 1 12 by releasing the hook on the GEAR MSI Continues to the next page Zna03017KA 6 1 6 2 5 ...

Page 506: ...ove the BEARING to the inside When performing the step described below take care not to drop and lose the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING 8 Remove the ROLL ASSY MSI by sliding it to the right and pulling out its left side shaft from the left side hole on the printer and then pulling it out to the lower left 9 Remove the BEARING EARTH PL3 1 6 and the BEARING PL3 1 13 from the ROLL ASSY MSI Zna03201KA...

Page 507: ...4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the SPRING FEED MSI PL3 1 4 from the printer 6 Remove the GEAR MSI PL3 1 5 from the SHAFT MSI PL3 1 12 by releasing the hook on the GEAR MSI 7 Remove all the harnesses from the DUCT ASSY DRV PH PL8 1 8 Continues to the next page Zna03017K...

Page 508: ...Ps Version 3 2008 05 30 Removal 17 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY PL8 1 7 8 Remove the DUCT ASSY DRV PH from the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY PL8 1 7 by releasing the hook on the DUCT ASSY DRV PH and moving it slightly backward Continues to the next page Zna03019KB 8 1 8 2 ...

Page 509: ...L8 1 2 and FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY 10 Remove the PLATE EARTH DRV MP from the printer 11 Remove the three screws silver tap 10mm that fix the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY to the printer When performing the step described below take care not to move the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness 12 Remove the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY from the printer 13 Disengage the conn...

Page 510: ... REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Release the clamp on the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY PL7 1 18 and then remove the har ness 6 Disengage the connector P J291 of the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 7 Remove the one screw silver tap 10mm that fixes the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY to the printer 8 Remove the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY by releasing the two bosses and the backside tab of the SIZE SWITCH AS...

Page 511: ...gh 4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Disengage the connector P J482 and the FASTON terminal FS483 on the BREAKER GFI INLET PL9 1 43 6 Remove the two screws silver tap 16mm that fix the BREAKER GFI INLET to the printer 7 Remove the BREAKER GFI INLET from the printer Zna03202KA 5 ...

Page 512: ...0mm that fix the LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 to the printer 5 Release the two holes on the LEFT COVER from the bosses on the printer 6 Release the one backside hook and two front side hooks on the LEFT COVER and then remove the LEFT COVER from the printer by moving it diagonally backward Go to the next removal step Removal 21 LEVER FUSER AD PL6 1 19 Removal 22 ARM ASSEMBLY PL7 1 98 Removal 23 LED ASSEMBLY ...

Page 513: ...ng this component check that Steps 1 through 4 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 5 Remove the one screw silver with flange tap 10mm that fixes the LEVER FUSER AD PL6 1 19 to the printer 6 Remove the LEVER FUSER AD from the printer Zna03203KB 5 6 ...

Page 514: ...3 37 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 515: ... Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT PL1 2 8 that fixes the LINK R PL7 1 13 to the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 an then pull the SHAFT PIVOT to the outside and remove the LINK R from the FRONT COVER 7 Remove the two screws silver tap 10mm that fix the SUPPORT LINK R PL7 1 12 to the printer 8 Remove the...

Page 516: ...Remove the LINK R from the printer 10 Remove the SPRING SUPPORT PL7 1 8 from the printer 11 Remove the HOLDER DAMPER PL7 1 6 from the printer together with the DAMPER OIL PL7 1 7 When performing the step describe below take care not to drop or damage the FRONT COVER Continues to the next page Zna03205KB 9 10 11 ...

Page 517: ...PIVOT that fixes the LINK L PL7 1 3 to the FRONT COVER and then remove the LINK L from the FRONT COVER by pulling the SHAFT PIVOT to the outside 13 Remove the two screws silver tap 10mm that fix the SUPPORT LINK L PL7 1 2 to the printer 14 Remove the SUPPORT LINK L from the printer Continues to the next page Zna03206KB 12 2 12 1 12 3 14 13 13 ...

Page 518: ...RRPs Version 3 2008 05 30 Removal 22 ARM ASSEMBLY PL7 1 98 15 Remove the LINK L from the printer 16 Remove the SPRING SUPPORT PL7 1 8 from the printer 17 Remove the HOLDER DAMPER PL7 1 6 from the printer together with the DAMPER OIL Zna03207KB 17 16 15 ...

Page 519: ...ove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 5 Remove two screws silver tap 10mm that fix the DUCT SIDE L PL7 1 23 to the printer 6 Remove the DUCT SIDE L from the printer 7 Remove one screw silver tap 10mm that fixes the LED ASSEMBLY PL5 1 15 to the printer 8 Remove the LED ASSEMBLY from the printer by releasing its two hooks 9 Disengage the connec...

Page 520: ...3 43 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 521: ...oval 20 When performing the step below leave the junction connector on the printer side cable 5 Release the four sets of connectors and harness of the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR PL5 1 12 from the DUCT HARNESS MOT PL5 1 16 and disengage the four sets of connec tors of the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR 6 Release two hooks that fix the DUCT HARNESS MOT to the printer 7 Release the lug on the DUCT HARNESS MOT from...

Page 522: ...e screw silver tap 10mm that fixes the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR to the printer 9 Release the lug on the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR by moving the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR slightly upward Remove the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR from the printer Zna03039KA 8 9 TONER DISPENSER MOTOR K TONER DISPENSER MOTOR C TONER DISPENSER MOTOR M TONER DISPENSER MOTOR Y ...

Page 523: ...s 1 through 5 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING PL9 1 44 and open the SHIELD WINDOW PL9 1 21 7 Lift the SHIELD WINDOW slightly up to release the four tabs of the SHIELD WINDOW from the holes of the SHIELD ESS PL9 1 25 8 ...

Page 524: ...PL9 1 45 9 Remove the fourteen screws silver 6mm that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS PL9 1 45 to the printer 10 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from the printer Go to the next removal step Removal 26 ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD PL9 1 27 Removal 27 SHIELD MCU PL9 1 42 Zna03209KB 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 ...

Page 525: ... 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 If there are the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER and the HARD DISC on the ELEC TRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD remove it before removing the SHIELD ASSY ESS 6 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 7 Remove all the screws that fix the connectors of the ELECTRONIC SUB SYST...

Page 526: ...REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 7 Remove the four screws silver 6mm that fix the SHIELD MCU PL9 1 42 to the printer 8 Release the two tabs of the SHIELD MCU from the holes of the SHIELD REAR and then remove the SHIELD MCU from the printer Go to the next removal step Removal 28 DRIVE ASSY K PL8 1 10...

Page 527: ... the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 7 Remove the SHIELD MCU Removal 27 8 Disengage the connector P J20 on the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT PL9 1 20 9 Release the harness of the K Mode Sensor from the six clamps and then put the harness into the hole of the frame to remove it C...

Page 528: ...ector on the printer side cable 10 Release the harness of the K Mode Solenoid in the DRIVE ASSY from the clamp and then dis engage the connector P J241 11 Release the harness connected to the Main Motor and the Sub Motor in the PHOTOCONDUC TOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE PL8 1 2 from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY K Continues to the next page Zna03213KB 10 1 10 2 11 11 11 ...

Page 529: ...8 1 10 12 Remove the three screws silver 6mm that fix the DRIVE ASSY K to the PHOTOCONDUC TOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE When carrying out the work described next procedure take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside 13 Remove the DRIVE ASSY K from the printer Zna03214KB 12 12 12 13 Coupling Gear NOTE ...

Page 530: ...med 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 7 Remove the SHIELD MCU Removal 27 8 Release the hook of the SPACER PL9 1 18 and then remove the HUMIDITY SENSOR from the printer 9 Disengage the connector P J261 of the HUMIDITY SENSOR PL9 ...

Page 531: ...Settings is displayed Press the 3 key once 6 Press the key several times until SaveNVM to ESS is displayed Press the 3 key once 7 Press the 3 key twice and SaveNVM to ESS is performed 8 After SaveNVM to ESS is complete press the CANCEL key several times until IOT Diag is displayed 9 Press the key several times until Complete is displayed 10 Press the 3 key three times Ready to Print is displayed 1...

Page 532: ... 19 Disengage all the connectors of the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT PL9 1 20 20 Remove six screws silver 6mm that fix the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT to the printer 21 Remove the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT from the printer P17 P16 P12 P28 P30 P29 P13 P14 P10 P19 P15 P18 P26 P20 P31 P22 P24 P25 P23 P27 Zna03042KA 20 20 20 20 19 20 21 20 ...

Page 533: ...ER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the five screws silver tap 10mm that fix the TOP COVER PL1 1 1 to the printer 7 Disengage the two holes of the TOP COVER from the left and right bosses of the printer 8 Lift up the TOP COVER to disengage the front and left bosses of the TOP COVER from the holes of the printer Remove it Go to the next remo...

Page 534: ...Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Disengage the connector P J503 of the FAN PL9 1 10 on the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 8 Remove the harness of the FAN by releasing the clamps 9 Release the harness of the FAN from the hook of the printer 10 Remove the two screws silver 30mm that fix the F...

Page 535: ...4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Disengage the connector P J48 on the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 8 Disengage the connector P J482 and FASTON terminal FS483 on the BREAKER GFI INLET PL9 1 43 and then release the grounding wire of the HARN ASSY AC IN PL9 1 16 from the clamp 9 Remove the one screw silver with washer M4 6m...

Page 536: ... 33 HARN ASSY AC IN PL9 1 16 10 Release the harness of the HARN ASSY AC IN from the four clamps 11 Release the hook of the POWER SWITCH to remove the POWER SWITCH from the printer 12 Remove the HARN ASSY AC IN from the printer Zna03216KB 10 1 10 1 10 2 10 1 10 1 10 2 11 1 12 11 1 11 2 ...

Page 537: ...en the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 8 Remove the SHIELD MCU Removal 27 9 Disengage the connector P J16 of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL5 1 17 on the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT PL9 1 20 and then pass the ...

Page 538: ...VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY 11 Remove five screws silver tap 10mm and three screws silver 6mm that fix the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the printer 12 Remove the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY by releasing the upper part of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY from the two lugs on the printer Pull out the connector of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY from the hole on the printer Zna03046KB 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11...

Page 539: ...e FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Disengage all the connectors of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 and then release the harness from the clamps 8 From the SHIELD LVPS PL9 1 9 remove the clamp that fixes the harness of the INTER LOCK SWITCH PL9 1 3 and the clamp that fix...

Page 540: ...ion 1 2008 01 08 Removal 35 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 9 Remove the two clamps on the SHIELD LVPS 10 Remove six screws silver 6mm that fix the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the SHIELD LVPS Continues to the next page Zna03218KA 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 1 9 1 9 2 ...

Page 541: ...on 1 2008 01 08 Removal 35 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 11 Shift the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the left side while holding up the rear side of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY and then remove the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUP PLY from the printer Zna03219KA 11 1 11 2 ...

Page 542: ...3 65 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 543: ...al 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal 25 8 Remove the SHIELD MCU Removal 27 9 Remove the FAN Removal 32 10 Raise the DUCT AIRFLOW PL9 1 41 slightly until its tab is released from the hole on the SHIELD LVPS PL9 1 9 and then move the DUCT AIRFLOW rearward until its two hooks are released 11...

Page 544: ...INTERLOCK SWITCH PL9 1 3 and the clamp that fixes the harness of the HARN ASSY AC IN PL9 1 16 14 Remove the six screws silver 6mm the two screws silver tap 8mm and the two screws sil ver tap 10mm that fix the LVPS ASSY PL9 1 40 to the printer 15 Release the three holes of the SHIELD LVPS from the bosses of the printer lift the LVPS ASSY up and remove it Continues to the next page Zna03220KB 13 1 1...

Page 545: ... ROS PL5 1 99 16 Disengage the connector P J12 of the ROS PL5 1 2 from the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT PL9 1 20 17 Remove the CORE PL5 1 22 from the harness of the ROS and then pull out the connector through the hole on the SHIELD REAR PL9 1 11 Continues to the next page Zna03221KB 16 17 1 17 2 ...

Page 546: ...36 ROS PL5 1 99 18 Remove the four screws silver tap 10mm that fix the two SPRING ROSs PL5 1 1 to the printer at the left and right sides 19 Remove the left and right SPRING ROSs from the printer 20 Remove the ROS from the printer by pulling it up slowly Zna03222KB 18 19 19 20 18 18 18 ...

Page 547: ...Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Disengage the connector P J44 of the INTERLOCK SWITCH on the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 8 Remove the clamp on the SHIELD LVPS PL9 1 9 that fix the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH 9 Remove the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH from the duct of the printer 10 Remove the one screw silver tap 16mm that fixes the INTERLOCK SWITCH ...

Page 548: ...3 71 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 549: ...e the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 When performing the step described below it is not necessary to disengage the connec tor of the INTERLOCK SWITCH 7 Remove the INTERLOCK SWITCH Removal 37 When performing the step described below it is not necessary to disengage the connec...

Page 550: ...n performing the step below leave the junction connector on the printer side cable 11 Release the harness of the Exit Clutch in the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE PL8 1 2 from the clamp and then disengage the connector P J235 12 Disengage the Main Motor connector P J222 and the Sub Motor connector P J221 13 Remove the one screw silver 6mm and the one screw silver tap 10mm that fix the PLATE...

Page 551: ...DEV DRIVE PL8 1 2 15 Remove the seven screws silver tap 10mm that fix the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE to the printer 16 Remove the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE from the printer Go to the next removal step Removal 39 TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY K C M Y PL5 1 4 Zna03224KB 16 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 ...

Page 552: ...3 75 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 553: ... for reference Before removing this component check that Steps 1 through 9 have been performed 1 Open the FRONT COVER PL1 2 1 2 Remove the FUSER Removal 8 3 Remove the REAR COVER Removal 10 4 Remove the RIGHT COVER Removal 11 5 Remove the LEFT COVER Removal 20 6 Remove the TOP COVER Removal 31 7 Remove the INTERLOCK SWITCH Removal 37 8 Remove the DRIVE ASSY K Removal 28 9 Remove the PHOTOCONDUCTOR...

Page 554: ... TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY PL5 1 4 to the printer 11 Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY from the printer 12 Release the harness from the hook of the TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY and then disengage the connector Zna03225KA TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY C TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY M TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY Y TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY K 10 12 1 12 2 11 ...

Page 555: ...the INTERLOCK SWITCH Removal 37 8 Remove the DRIVE ASSY K Removal 28 9 Remove the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE Removal 38 10 Remove the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY Removal 17 11 Remove the ROLL ASSY MSI Removal 16 When performing the step described below it is not necessary to remove the SENSOR PHOTO PL3 1 15 and COVER SNR PL3 1 16 12 Remove two screws silver tap 10mm that fix the CHUTE MSI PL3 1...

Page 556: ...gage the connector P J231 of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI PL3 2 23 the connector P J233 of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED PL3 2 24 and the connector P J232 of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN PL 3 2 25 17 Release the each harness from the clamp on the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY and the hook of the printer 18 Remove the e rings that fix the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED to the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMB...

Page 557: ... EARTH on the right side of the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY 21 Release the left side boss on the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY from the hole on the printer Move the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY slightly backward to the left and release the two bosses One is provided with the SPRING EARTH on the right side from the hole on the printer 22 Remove the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY from the printer by pulling o...

Page 558: ...emoval 41 MPF SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY PL2 1 99 1 Remove the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY PL2 1 1 from the printer 2 Release the two hooks of the MPF SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY PL2 1 3 and then remove the MPF SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY from the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY Zna03054KB 2 2 2 1 2 1 ...

Page 559: ... SEPARA TOR ROLLER and the two FEED ROLLERs at the same time 1 Remove the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY PL2 1 1 from the printer 2 Release the left and right hooks of the CVR SPRTR CST PL2 2 13 and then open the CVR SPRTR CST 3 Release the hook of the SEPARATOR ROLLER PL2 2 17 and then remove the SEPARATOR ROLLER from the SHAFT SEPARATOR PL2 2 15 Continues to the next page Zna03055KA 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 2 2 2 ...

Page 560: ...and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Removal 42 KIT SEPARATOR ROLLER FEED ROLLER PL2 2 99 4 Release the hooks of the FEED ROLLERs PL3 2 53 and remove the FEED ROLLERs from the shafts Zna03229KA 4 1 4 1 4 2 4 2 ...

Page 561: ...2 Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI PL3 1 9 on the right of the MPF ROLLER PL 3 2 10 and slide the ROLL CORE MSI to the right 3 Release the groove on the MPF ROLLER from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT MSI PL3 1 12 by sliding the MPF ROLLER to the right 4 Remove the MPF ROLLER from the SHAFT MSI by rotating the MPF ROLLER 180 degrees Zna03056KA 2 1 3 4 2 2 ...

Page 562: ... ASSEMBLY PL12 1 1 1 Remove the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY PL2 1 1 of the printer 2 Remove two FEEDER SCREWS PL12 1 3 that fix the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY PL12 1 1 to the printer The printer must be lifted by two people 3 Lift up the printer to separate it from the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY Zna03058KA 2 2 3 ...

Page 563: ...8 Removal 45 550 TRAY REAR COVER PL12 1 4 1 Pull the 550 TRAY REAR COVER backward until it stops 2 Release the two hooks by depressing the center of the 550 TRAY REAR COVER and then remove the 550 TRAY REAR COVER from the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY PL12 1 1 Zna03059KA 2 1 2 2 ...

Page 564: ...3 87 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 565: ...RATOR ROLLER or the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLER replace the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER and the two 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs at the same time 1 Remove the 550 SHEET PAPER TRAY PL12 4 1 from the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEM BLY PL12 1 1 2 Release the hooks of the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs PL12 3 29 and then remove the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs from the shafts Continues to the next page Kmy03060KA 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 ...

Page 566: ...12 3 29 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER PL12 5 17 3 Release the left and right hooks of the CVR SPRTR CST PL12 5 13 and then open the CVR SPRTR CST 4 Release the hook of the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER PL12 5 17 and then remove the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER from the SHAFT RETARD PL12 5 15 Zna03230KA 3 1 3 1 4 1 4 2 3 2 ...

Page 567: ...a wristband to protect the MEMORY CARD from electrostatic damage 1 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING PL9 1 44 and then open the SHIELD WINDOW PL9 1 21 2 Gently spread open both the tabs on the socket holding the MEMORY CARD PL9 1 30 until the MEMORY CARD pops up slightly 3 Remove the MEMORY CARD Zna03127KB 2 2 1 3 1 3 2 ...

Page 568: ...WORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER PL9 1 46 1 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING PL9 1 44 and then open the SHIELD WINDOW PL9 1 21 2 Release the two hooks of the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER PL9 1 46 to remove the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER from the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD PL9 1 27 Zna03231KB 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 ...

Page 569: ...istband to protect the HDD from electrostatic damage 1 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING PL9 1 44 and then open the SHIELD WINDOW PL9 1 21 2 Remove the two SCREW KNURLINGs PL9 1 22 that fix the HARD DISK PL9 1 47 to the printer 3 Remove the HARD DISK from the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD PL9 1 27 Zna03232KB 1 3 2 2 ...

Page 570: ...IRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER PL9 1 32 1 Loosen the SCREW KNURLING PL9 1 44 and then open the SHIELD WINDOW PL9 1 21 2 Release the one hook of the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER PL9 1 32 to remove the WIRE LESS PRINTER ADAPTER from the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD PL9 1 27 Zna03233KB 1 2 2 2 1 ...

Page 571: ... facing upward 2 Rotate the MPF ROLLER 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT MSI is aligned with the groove on the MPF ROLLER 3 Slide the MPF ROLLER to the right so that the MPF ROLLER covers the pin on the SHAFT MSI 4 Slide the right ROLL CORE MSI to the left Secure the hook on the ROLL CORE MSI into the groove on the SHAFT MSI 5 Replace the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY to the printer Zna03116KA 1 2 3...

Page 572: ...3 95 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 573: ...FEED ROLLER replace the SEPARA TOR ROLLER and the two FEED ROLLERs at the same time 1 Slide the FEED ROLLERs onto the shafts so that the lugs on the FEED ROLLERs are mated with the notches on the GEAR NUDGER A4 PL3 2 46 and CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED PL3 2 52 Lock the hooks on the other end of the FEED ROLLERs into the grooves on the shafts Continues to the next page Kmy03117KA 1 1 ...

Page 574: ...de the SEPARATOR ROLLER onto the SHAFT SEPARATOR so that the lug on the SEPA RATOR ROLLER is mated with the notch on the CLUTCH FRICTION SPRTR PL2 2 16 Secure the hook on the other end of the SEPARATOR ROLLER into the groove on the SHAFT SEPARATOR 3 Close the CVR SPRTR CST 4 Replace the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY to the printer Zna03300KB 3 2 ...

Page 575: ...R ROLLER ASSEMBLY PL2 1 3 1 Replace the MPF SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY by mating the bosses of the MPF SEP ARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY with the holes of the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY Secure the MPF SEPARATOR ROLLER ASSEMBLY with the two backside hooks 2 Replace the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY to the printer Zna03114KA 1 ...

Page 576: ...3 99 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 577: ...onally into the printer so that the right side of the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY goes in first 2 Route the harness with the two connectors coming from the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEM BLY and the connector of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN out of the hole on the printer from inside 3 Insert the bearing the clutch and the two bosses One is provided with the SPRING EARTH on the right side of the INTEGRATED FEED...

Page 578: ...e fitting groove on the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI with the lug on the printer 8 Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED to the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY using the e rings 9 Route the harnesses along the printer and bind them with the clamps on the INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY and the printer When engaging the connectors of the CLUTCHes match the color of the CLUTCH har ness with that of t...

Page 579: ...scribed below ensure that the harness will not be caught between the CHUTE MSI and the printer 13 Replace the CHUTE MSI by mating the two bosses on the CHUTE MSI with the holes on the printer 14 Secure the CHUTE MSI to the printer using the two screws silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 28 ROLL ASSY MSI PL3 1 8 Zna03083KB 14 14 13 ...

Page 580: ...hen route the harness to hook of the TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY 2 Mate the two holes on the TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY with the bosses on the printer 3 Secure the TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY to the printer using the one screw silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 6 PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE PL8 1 2 Zna03301KA TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY C TONER C...

Page 581: ... PL8 1 2 1 Replace the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE by aligning the gear of each drive of the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE with the holes on the printer 2 Secure the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE to the printer using the seven screws silver tap 10mm Continues to the next page Zna03302KB 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ...

Page 582: ...he clamp 5 Replace the BRACKET FUSER by mating its two holes with the bosses on the printer 6 Secure the BRACKET FUSER using the two screws silver tap 10mm 7 Mate the one hole on the PLATE EARTH DRV MP with the boss on the PHOTOCONDUC TOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE 8 Secure the PLATE EARTH DRV MP to the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE and FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY using the one screw silver 6mm and th...

Page 583: ...inter 2 Secure the INTERLOCK SWITCH to the printer using the one screw silver tap 16mm 3 Route the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH to the duct of the printer 4 Replace the clamp that fixes the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH to the SHIELD LVPS 5 Engage the connector P J44 of the INTERLOCK SWITCH to the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Go to the next replacement step Replacement 13 TOP COVER PL1 1 1 Zna031...

Page 584: ...3 107 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 585: ...e backside boss of the ROS with the hole on the printer 2 Place the two SPRING ROSs onto the left and right side bosses on the ROS so that the holes of SPRING ROSs are mated with the bosses on the printer 3 Secure the SPRING ROSs to the printer using the four screws silver tap 10mm Continues to the next page Zna03304KB 3 2 2 3 3 3 1 ...

Page 586: ...eplacement 8 ROS PL5 1 99 4 Pass the connector of the ROS through the hole on the SHIELD REAR and then replace the CORE to the harness of the ROS 5 Engage the connector P J12 of the ROS with the connector on the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT Continues to the next page Zna03305KA 5 4 2 4 1 ...

Page 587: ... 05 30 Replacement 8 ROS PL5 1 99 When securing the one positions shown in the figure make sure that the SHIELD LVPS is under the PLATE EARTH Continues to the next page Zna03306KB 10mm 10mm 8mm 8mm 6 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 P44 P501 P502 P503 P40 P47 P48 P504 7 NOTE 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 ...

Page 588: ...pper side of the LVPS ASSY Use of 10mm screws will damage the frame 7 Secure the LVPS ASSY to the printer using the six screws silver 6mm the two screws sil ver tap 8mm and the two screws silver tap 10mm 8 Replace the clamps that fix the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH and HARN ASSY AC IN to the SHIELD LVPS 9 Engage all the connectors of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY and then secure the har ness wi...

Page 589: ...by slipping in its rear end underneath the frame 11 Mate the two hooks of the DUCT AIRFLOW with the holes of the SHIELD LVPS Move the DUCT AIRFLOW frontward until it is secured onto the SHIELD LVPS at the two hooks and one tab Go to the next replacement step Replacement 12 FAN PL9 1 10 Zna03335KA 10 11 tab hook hook FRAME DUCT AIRFLOW SHIELD LVPS ...

Page 590: ...istband to protect the PWB from electrostatic damage 1 Put the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY on the SHIELD LVPS with holding up the rear side of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY 2 Mate the notch of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the tab of the SHIELD LVPS to attach the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Continues to the next page Zna03307KA 1 2 1 2 2 ...

Page 591: ...s Version 1 2008 01 08 Replacement 9 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PL9 1 4 3 Secure the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the SHIELD LVPS using the six screws sil ver 6mm 4 Attach the two clamps to the SHIELD LVPS Continues to the next page Zna03308KA 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 ...

Page 592: ...place the clamps that fix the harness of the INTERLOCK SWITCH and HARN ASSY AC IN to the SHIELD LVPS 6 Engage all the connectors of the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY and then secure the har ness with the clamps Go to the next replacement step Replacement 13 TOP COVER PL1 1 1 Zna03309KA 6 6 6 6 P44 P501 P502 P503 P40 P47 P48 P504 5 5 ...

Page 593: ...3 116 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 594: ...H VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY into the backside tab on the printer In the step described below out of the screw fixing positions of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY the three screw fixing positions with white bearing surfaces must be fixed with the 6mm silver screws 3 Secure the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY with the five screws silver tap 10mm and the three screws silver 6mm When performing the step described ...

Page 595: ...1 17 5 Route the harness of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the printer and pass the con nector into the hole on the SHIELD REAR 6 Engage the connector J16 of the HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY to the connector P16 of the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT Go to the next replacement step Replacement 13 TOP COVER PL1 1 1 Zna03106KA 6 2 6 1 5 ...

Page 596: ...notch of the printer When replacing the POWER SWITCH match the ON OFF mark of the POWER SWITCH with the mark on the FRAME 2 Replace the POWER SWITCH to the printer and secure with the hook The delta mark is stamped on each clamp mounting hole of SHIELD REAR 3 Attach the four clamps to the holes on the SHIELD LVPS and the SHIELD REAR Continues to the next page Zna03310KB NOTE 1 2 3 3 3 3 ...

Page 597: ...er with washer M4 6mm 5 Engage the FASTON terminal FS483 of the HARN ASSY AC IN with the BREAKER GFI INLET and then fix the grounding wire using the clamp When performing the step describe below do not confuse the connector fitting position 6 Engage the connector P J482 of the HARN ASSY AC IN to the BREAKER GFI INLET 7 Engage the connector P J48 of the HARN ASSY AC IN to the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPP...

Page 598: ...harness of the FAN will not be caught between the FAN and the SHIELD LVPS 1 Mate the notch of the FAN with the rib of the printer and attach the FAN to the printer 2 Secure the FAN to the printer using the two screws silver 30mm 3 Route the harness of the FAN to the hook on the frame 4 Engage the connector P J503 of the FAN to the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY 5 Secure the harness of the FAN with the c...

Page 599: ... TOP COVER with the hole of the printer set the TOP COVER to the printer 2 Mate the holes of the TOP COVER with the left and right bosses of the printer attach the TOP COVER 3 Fix the TOP COVER to the printer with the five screws silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03103KB 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 ...

Page 600: ...otect the PWB from electrostatic damage 1 Replace the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT to the printer 2 Secure the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT using the six screws silver 6mm 3 Engage all the connectors of the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT Continues to the next page P17 P16 P12 P28 P30 P29 P13 P14 P10 P19 P15 P18 P26 P20 P31 P22 P24 P25 P23 P27 Zna03102KA 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 ...

Page 601: ...ter the password push the key twice and push the 3 key once The diagnostic screen comes up 8 Press the key several times until IOT Diag is displayed Press the 3 key once 9 Press the key several times until NVM Settings is displayed Press the 3 key once 10 Press the key several times until LoadNVM from ESS is displayed Press the 3 key once 11 Press the 3 key twice and LoadNVM from ESS is performed ...

Page 602: ...008 01 08 Replacement 15 HUMIDITY SENSOR PL9 1 19 1 Engage the connector P J261 of the HUMIDITY SENSOR 2 Replace the HUMIDITY SENSOR to the printer and secure with the hook of the SPACER Go to the next replacement step Replacement 17 SHIELD MCU PL9 1 42 Zna03101KA 1 2 ...

Page 603: ...3 126 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 604: ...out the work described next procedure take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside 1 Replace the DRIVE ASSY K to the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE 2 Secure the DRIVE ASSY K to the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE using the three screws silver 6mm Continues to the next page Zna03313KB 2 2 2 1 Coupling Gear NOTE ...

Page 605: ... 16 DRIVE ASSY K PL8 1 10 3 Route the connecting harness of the Main Motor and the Sub Motor to the hook on the DRIVE ASSY K 4 Engage the connector P J241 of the K Mode Solenoid in the DRIVE ASSY K and then fix the harness using the clamp Continues to the next page Zna03314KB 4 2 4 1 3 3 3 ...

Page 606: ... harness of the K Mode Sensor in the DRIVE ASSY K into the inside through the hole of the frame 6 Engage the connector P J20 of the K Mode Sensor to the MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and then fix the harness using the six clamps Go to the next replacement step Replacement 17 SHIELD MCU PL9 1 42 Zna03315KB 6 1 6 2 6 2 6 2 5 6 2 6 2 6 2 ...

Page 607: ...LD MCU PL9 1 42 1 Engage the two tabs of the SHIELD MCU to the holes of the SHIELD REAR and then attach the SHIELD MCU to the printer 2 Secure the SHIELD MCU to the printer using the four screws silver 6mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 19 SHIELD ASSY ESS PL9 1 45 Zna03316KA 2 2 2 2 1 ...

Page 608: ...UB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD is replaced with a new one he replacement steps 1 to 3 are required These steps are not required when no replacement is performed Do not press the PWB when removing the NVM ROM Take care not to bend the terminal section of NVM when performing the step described below Continues to the next page Zna03317KB OLD ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD NEW ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONT...

Page 609: ...e the NVM from the IC socket on the new ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD using a miniature screwdriver or the like Do not use the NVM removed from the new ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD Ensure that the orientation of the NVM is correct when performing the following step 3 Install the NVM that was removed from old ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD on the IC socket of the new ELECTRONIC SU...

Page 610: ...RONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD PL9 1 27 4 Replace the SHIELD ESS to the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD 5 Secure the SHIELD ESS to the connectors of the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD with the screws Go to the next replacement step Replacement 19 SHIELD ASSY ESS PL9 1 45 Zna03318KB 5 4 5 5 ...

Page 611: ...3 134 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 612: ... harness will not be caught between the printer and the SHIELD ASSY ESS 1 Route the four connectors to between the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD and the SHIELD ESS and then attach the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer 2 Secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer using the fourteen screws silver 6mm Continues to the next page Zna03319KB 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 ...

Page 613: ... 45 3 Engage all the connectors of the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD 4 Engage the four tabs of SHIELD WINDOW to the holes of the SHIELD ESS with opening the SHIELD WINDOW 5 Close the SHIELD WINDOW and secure the SCREW KNURLING Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03320KA 5 4 3 ...

Page 614: ...OTORs C M Y and K 1 Replace the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR to the printer by mating the tab of the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR with the hole on the printer and moving it slightly backward 2 Secure the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR to the printer using the one screw silver tap 10mm Continues to the next page Zna03098KA TONER DISPENSER MOTOR K TONER DISPENSER MOTOR C TONER DISPENSER MOTOR M TONER DISPENSER MOTOR Y 2 1...

Page 615: ...R through the hole of the DUCT HARNESS MOT 4 Mate the tab of the DUCT HARNESS MOT with the hole on the printer and secure the DUCT HARNESS MOT with the two hooks on the printer 5 Engage the four sets of connectors of the TONER DISPENSER MOTOR and route the harness along the DUCT HARNESS MOT Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03099KA 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 4 ...

Page 616: ...he holes on the printer and then secure the LED ASSEMBLY at the two hooks 3 Fix the LED ASSEMBLY to the printer using the one screw silver tap 10mm 4 Replace the DUCT SID L by mating the two holes on the DUCT SIDE L with the bosses on the printer 5 Secure the DUCT SIDE L to the printer using the two screws silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03097KA...

Page 617: ...3 140 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 618: ...7 1 98 1 Replace the HOLDER DAMPER to the printer together with the DAMPER OIL 2 Replace the SPRING SUPPORT to the printer 3 Replace the LINK L by mating the backside groove on the LINK L with the boss on the printer and pulling the DAMPER OIL slightly upward Continues to the next page Zna03321KB 3 1 3 2 2 1 ...

Page 619: ...LINK L by mating the two holes of the SUPPORT LINK L with the bosses on the printer 5 Secure the SUPPORT LINK L using the two screws silver tap 10mm 6 Mate the fitting hole on the LINK L with the left side fitting hole on the FRONT COVER Insert the SHAFT PIVOT and secure with the hook Continues to the next page Zna03322KB 5 5 6 2 6 1 4 ...

Page 620: ... 98 7 Replace the HOLDER DAMPER to the printer together with the DAMPER OIL 8 Replace the SPRING SUPPORT to the printer 9 Replace the LINK R by mating the backside groove on the LINK R with the boss on the printer and then pulling the DAMPER OIL slightly upward Continues to the next page Zna03323KB 9 2 8 7 9 1 ...

Page 621: ...on the SUPPORT LINK R with the bosses on the printer 11 Secure the SUPPORT LINK R to the printer using the two screws silver tap 10mm 12 Mate the fitting hole on the LINK R with the right side fitting hole on the FRONT COVER Insert the SHAFT PIVOT and secure using the hook Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03324KB 11 11 12 2 10 12 1 ...

Page 622: ...3 2008 05 30 Replacement 23 LEVER FUSER AD PL6 1 19 1 Attach the LEVER FUSER AD to the printer 2 Secure the LEVER FUSER AD to the printer using the one screw silver with flange tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 24 LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 Zna03325KB 2 1 ...

Page 623: ... COVER and the printer and mate the two front side hooks of the LEFT COVER with the printer 2 Mate the holes on the LEFT COVER with the two bosses on the printer 3 Secure the LEFT COVER to the printer using the three screws silver tap 10mm Next Replacement steps Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 or Replacement 34 REAR COVER PL1 1 4 Zna03092KA 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 ...

Page 624: ...printer 2 Secure the BREAKER GFI INLET to the printer using the two screws silver tap 16mm When performing the step describe below do not confuse the connector fitting position 3 Engage the connector P J482 and the FASTON terminal FS483 of the BREAKER GFI INLET Next Replacement steps Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Zna03326KA 3 3 2 2 1 Black White Green ...

Page 625: ...EMBLY into the hole on the printer and insert the two bosses of the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY into the holes on the printer 3 Secure the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY to the printer using the one screw silver tap 10mm 4 Engage the connector P J291 of the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 5 Secure the harness using the clamp of the SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Zna030...

Page 626: ... 7 and then attach the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY to the printer 3 Secure the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY to the printer using the three screws silver tap 10mm 4 Mate the one hole on the PLATE EARTH DRV MP with the boss on the PHOTOCONDUC TOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE 5 Secure the PLATE EARTH DRV MP to the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE and FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY using the one screw silver 6mm and the one screw...

Page 627: ...with the holes on the FEED DRIVE ASSY Secure the DUCT ASSY DRV PH by moving it frontward allowing the hooks to lock into place When performing the step below route the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE over the HAR NESS ASSY FRONT COVER 7 Route all the harnesses along the DUCT ASSY DRV PH Continues to the next page Zna03079KB HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE NOTE HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 6 ...

Page 628: ...EAR MSI to the SHAFT MSI and lock the hook of the GEAR MSI into the groove of the SHAFT MSI When performing the step described below pay attention to the orientation of the SPRING FEED MSI Ensure that the longer J shaped hook of the SPRING FEED MSI is anchored to the GEAR MSI 9 Anchor the SPRING FEED MSI to the GEAR MSI and the printer Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1...

Page 629: ...3 152 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 630: ...ARING is black The color of the left BEARING is white 1 Attach the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING to the ROLL ASSY MSI 2 Replace the ROLL ASSY MSI to the printer by inserting the right and left ends of the ROLL ASSY MSI into the holes on the printer 3 Slide the left and right of the BEARINGs outward into the holes on the printer and secure using the e rings Continues to the next page Zna03327KA 2 1...

Page 631: ... MSI to the SHAFT MSI and lock the hook of the GEAR MSI into the groove of the SHAFT MSI When performing the step described below pay attention to the orientation of the SPRING FEED MSI Ensure that the longer J shaped hook of the SPRING FEED MSI is anchored to the GEAR MSI 5 Anchor the SPRING FEED MSI to the GEAR MSI and the printer Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 ...

Page 632: ... that 8mm screws are used to secure the MPF FEED SOLENOID Use of 10mm screws will damage the frame 2 Secure the MPF FEED SOLENOID to the printer using the one screw silver tap 8mm 3 Route the harness of the MPF FEED SOLENOID to the DUCT ASSY DRV PH The harness color of the MPF FEED SOLENOID gray does not match that of the printer yellow 4 Engage the connector P J234 of the MPF FEED SOLENOID Contin...

Page 633: ...he GEAR MSI to the SHAFT MSI and lock the hook on the GEAR MSI into the groove on the SHAFT MSI When carrying out the work shown below pay attention to attach the SPRING FEED MSI in the right direction Attach the hyperelliptic side of the SPRING FEED MSI to the GEAR MSI 6 Anchor the SPRING FEED MSI to the printer and GEAR MSI Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Zna03...

Page 634: ...rt the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs into the left and right sides fitting holes of the FRONT COVER and the MPF COVER and then secure the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs with the hooks 3 Align the left and right side fitting holes of the FRONT COVER with the fitting hole of the LINK L and the LINK R and then insert the SHAFT PIVOTs Secure the SHAFT PIVOTs with the hooks 4 Close the MPF COVER Continues to the next page Zna030...

Page 635: ...Y OPEPANE and the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER along the DUCT ASSY DRV PH 6 Engage the connector P J272 of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER and the connector P J2900 of the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE 7 Secure the ground wire of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER to the printer using the one screw silver with washer 6mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Zna03086KB 6 7 5 HARNESS ASSY OP...

Page 636: ...it crosses the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 2 Replace the COVER HARNESS by mating the hole of the COVER HARNESS with the boss on the FRONT COVER When performing the step below check that the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE is routed over 3 Secure the COVER HARNESS to the FRONT COVER using the four screws silver tap 10mm Continues to the next page Zna03125KA 3 3 3 1 3 2 HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE NOTE HARNESS ASSY FRON...

Page 637: ...ATCH FRONT to the FRONT COVER by mating the two holes of the LATCH FRONT with the studs on the FRONT COVER 5 Secure the LATCH FRONT to the FRONT COVER using the two screws silver with flange tap 10mm 6 Anchor the SPRING LATCH to the hole on the LATCH FRONT and the peg on the FRONT COVER Continues to the next page Zna03133KA 5 5 4 6 ...

Page 638: ...L1 2 97 When performing the step below rote the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE on the most out ward position 7 Route the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE along the DUCT ASSY DRV PH 8 Engage the connector P J2900 of the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE Continues to the next page Zna03126KB 8 HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE NOTE HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 7 ...

Page 639: ...0 Engage the connector P J220 of the OPERATOR PANEL and then fix the core of the HAR NESS ASSY OPEPANE with the clamp 11 Replace the BRACKET HARNESS by mating the lug on the BRACKET HARNESS with the hole of the FRONT COVER 12 Secure the BRACKET HARNESS to the FRONT COVER using the one screw silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Kmy03073KA 9 12 11 10 ...

Page 640: ... 3 2008 05 30 Replacement 32 LEVER FUSER D PL6 1 18 1 Attach the LEVER FUSER D to the printer 2 Secure the LEVER FUSER D to the printer using the one screw silver with flange tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 33 RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 Zna03329KB 2 1 ...

Page 641: ... the FRONT COVER and the printer Mate the two front side hooks of the RIGHT COVER with the holes on the printer 2 Mate the holes of the RIGHT COVER with the two bosses on the printer 3 Secure the RIGHT COVER to the printer using the three screws silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 34 REAR COVER PL1 1 4 Zna03075KB 3 3 3 2 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 ...

Page 642: ...4 1 Replace the REAR COVER by mating the six bosses on the REAR COVER with the holes on the printer the RIGHT COVER PL1 1 6 and the LEFT COVER PL1 1 7 2 Secure the REAR COVER to the printer using the four screws silver tap 10mm Go to the next replacement step Replacement 36 FUSER PL6 1 10 Zna03074KB 2 2 2 2 1 ...

Page 643: ...SSY EXIT OUT PL6 1 1 1 Replace the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT to the FRONT COVER by mating the two springs of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT with the ribs on the FRONT COVER 2 Secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT to the FRONT COVER using the two screws silver with flange tap 10mm 3 Close the FRONT COVER Kmy03072KA 2 2 1 ...

Page 644: ...ER PL6 1 10 1 Put the FUSER on the printer 2 Insert the two rear side bosses of the FUSER into the holes on the printer by moving the FUSER slightly backward 3 Push down the LEVER FUSER D and the LEVER FUSER AD to lock the FUSER 4 Close the DUPLEX GATE 5 Close the FRONT COVER Zna03330KB 3 3 1 2 4 ...

Page 645: ...vice operation 1 Insert the right side boss of the DUPLEX GATE with the hole of the printer 2 Open the DUPLEX GATE PL6 1 13 to about 45 degrees so that the flat faces of the left side pivot of the DUPLEX GATE comes parallel with the U shaped notch Push in the left side pivot of the DUPLEX GATE into the U shaped notch diagonally forward 3 Close the DUPLEX GATE 4 Close the FRONT COVER Zna03069KB 2 1...

Page 646: ...ed below is the replacement procedure common among TONER CARTRIDGEs C M Y and K If all the TONER CARTRIDGEs are removed attach them in the order of Yellow Magenta Cyan and Black from the bottom 1 Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE inserting it by the left and right handles along the guide on the printer 2 Close the FRONT COVER Zna03068KB 1 ...

Page 647: ...R DRAWER PL1 2 38 of the connector of the FRONT COVER when installing new DUPLEX MODULE 1 Replace the DUPLEX MODULE slowly by mating the two backside bosses of the DUPLEX MODULE with the holes on the FRONT COVER and then secure with the lever Go to the next replacement step Replacement 40 TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 NOTE Zna03067KB 1 2 1 1 1 1 ...

Page 648: ... 40 TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 1 Replace the TRANSFER BELT by inserting the right side boss on the TRANSFER BELT into the hole on the FRONT COVER and then inserting the left side boss on the TRANSFER BELT into the U shaped groove on the FRONT COVER Continues to the next page Zna03065KA 1 2 1 1 ...

Page 649: ...oval and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 3 2008 05 30 Replacement 40 TRANSFER BELT PL4 1 1 2 Tilt the TRANSFER BELT slowly and then secure with the left and right levers 3 Close the FRONT COVER Zna03066KA 2 2 2 1 2 2 ...

Page 650: ...nd Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 3 2008 05 30 Replacement 41 TRAY REAR COVER PL1 1 5 1 Insert the TRAY REAR COVER into the printer 2 Secure by locking the two front hooks on TRAY REAR COVER to the printer Zna03064KB 1 2 2 ...

Page 651: ...the SHAFT PIVOT MSI into the left and right side fitting holes on the MPF COVER and then secure the SHAFT PIVOT MSI with the hook When performing the step described below make sure that the LEVER MSI 1 is on the LINK ASSY MSI R 3 Mate the LINK ASSY MSIs on the left and right sides of the MPF COVER with the fitting holes on the FRONT COVER Insert the PIN PIVOT MSI and secure with the hook 4 Close t...

Page 652: ...9 When performing the step described below take care not to damage the boss of the COVER EXTENDER 1 Insert one of the bosses of the COVER EXTENDER at its open position into the hole on the TOP COVER and then bend the COVER EXTENDER to slip the other boss into place 2 Close the COVER EXTENDER Zna03062KA 1 1 1 2 1 3 ...

Page 653: ...3 176 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures RRPs Version 1 2008 01 08 Blank Page ...

Page 654: ...replace the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER and the two 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs at the same time 1 Slide the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER onto the SHAFT SEPARATOR so that the lug on the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER is mated with the notch on the CLUTCH FRICTION SPRTR PL12 5 16 Lock the hook on the other end of the 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER into the groove on the SHAFT SEPARATOR 2 Close the CVR SPRTR CST Continu...

Page 655: ...de the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs onto the shafts so that the lugs on the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs are mated with the notches on the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGERs PL12 3 22 and CLUTCH ONE WAY FEED PL12 3 28 Lock the hooks on the other end of the 550 TRAY FEED ROLLERs into the grooves on the shafts 4 Replace the 550 SHEET PAPER TRAY to the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY Zna03331KA 3 3 ...

Page 656: ...2008 01 08 Replacement 45 550 TRAY REAR COVER PL12 1 4 1 Insert the 550 TRAY REAR COVER into the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY 2 Push the 550 TRAY REAR COVER frontward until it is locked to the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY at the two hooks on its front edge Zna03119KA 1 2 2 ...

Page 657: ...er must be lifted by two people 1 Place the printer on the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY with the four holes on the bottom of the printer aligned with the studs on the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY 2 Secure the printer to the 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY using the two FEEDER SCREWS 3 Replace the 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY to the printer Zna03118KA 2 2 1 ...

Page 658: ...ures RRPs Version 3 2008 05 30 Replacement 47 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER PL9 1 32 1 Attach the WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER to the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD and fix it 2 Close the SHIELD WINDOW and secure the SCREW KNURLING Zna03332KB 2 1 1 1 2 ...

Page 659: ...otect the HDD from electrostatic damage 1 Mate the two bosses on the HARD DISK with the holes on the printer and then replace the HARD DISK to the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD 2 Secure the HARD DISK to the printer using the two SCREW KNURLINGs PL9 1 22 3 Close the SHIELD WINDOW and secure the SCREW KNURLING Zna03333KB 1 2 2 3 ...

Page 660: ...s Version 3 2008 05 30 Replacement 49 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER PL9 1 46 1 Engage the NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER to the connector J16 on the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD and fix it 2 Close the SHIELD WINDOW and secure the SCREW KNURLING Zna03334KB 1 2 ...

Page 661: ...EMORY CARD PL9 1 30 1 Fit the MEMORY CARD into the socket by mating the notch of the MEMORY CARD with the lug on the socket 2 Push the MEMORY CARD toward the ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD until it snaps into place 3 Close the SHIELD WINDOW and secure the SCREW KNURLING Zna03130KB 3 1 2 2 ...

Page 662: ...cations Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations CONTENTS Version 3 2008 05 30 1 Connector P plug J jack 4 1 1 1 List of P J 4 1 1 2 IOT P J layout diagram 4 5 1 3 DUPLEX P J layout diagram 4 9 1 4 OPTION FEEDER P J layout diagram 4 10 ...

Page 663: ...IDE Harness Assembly 25 I 158 Connects MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and R SIDE Harness Assembly 26 J 159 Connects MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and HUM Harness Assembly 27 I 159 Connects MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and R SIDE Harness Assembly 28 I 159 Connects MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and R SIDE Harness Assembly 29 J 159 Connects MACHINE CONTROL UNIT and R SIDE Harness Assembly 29 F 138 Connects ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL...

Page 664: ...INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY CST Feed Clutch and R SIDE Harness Assembly 234 H 111 Connects MPF FEED SOLENOID and R SIDE Harness Assembly 235 I 107 Connects PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE Exit Clutch and R SIDE Harness Assembly 241 I 109 Connects DRIVE ASSY K K Mode Solenoid and R SIDE Harness Assembly 251 H 110 Connects FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY PH Motor and R SIDE Harness Assembly 261 H 152 Conne...

Page 665: ...ordiates Remarks 1 E 168 Not Connects Debug only 427 F 168 Connects PWBA DUP and FAN DUP 428 F 168 Connects PWBA DUP and DUP UNIT Harness Assembly 429 F 169 Connects PWBA DUP and MOTOR ASSY DUP 430 F 168 Connects PWBA DUP and DUP SNR Harness Assembly 431 F 168 Connects PWBA DUP and DUP Clutch 2720 I 169 Connects DUPLEX MODULE DUP UNIT Harness Assembly and PRINTER 4301 E 167 Connects DUP Jam Sensor...

Page 666: ...P J Connector Locations Version 1 2007 12 28 4222 G 185 Connects DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR OPT FDR Motor and C2 MOT Harness Assembly 42121 D 183 Connects C2 CST No Paper Sensor and C2 NO PAPER Harness Assembly P J Coordiates Remarks ...

Page 667: ...ector Locations Version 3 2008 05 30 1 2 IOT P J layout diagram 171 220 2721 27213 27212 2821 234 251 272 144 235 2900 241 282 221 201 222 A 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 101 B C D E F G H I J K L Zna04001KB ...

Page 668: ...ack P J Connector Locations Version 3 2008 05 30 291 314 313 312 311 281 2922 2411 2921 193 194 192 233 232 231 191 292 301 151 A 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 116 B C D E F G H I J K L Zna04002KB ...

Page 669: ...hapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations Version 3 2008 05 30 161 184 183 141 182 181 5041 29 3 16 111 401 101 A 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 131 B C D E F G H I J K L Zna04003KB ...

Page 670: ...or Locations Version 3 2008 05 30 261 44 502 501 144 482 48 47 504 503 40 483 17 16 12 28 30 29 14 10 13 19 15 18 101 26 20 31 22 24 25 23 27 A 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 146 B C D E F G H I J K L Zna04004KB ...

Page 671: ...4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations Version 1 2007 12 28 1 3 DUPLEX P J layout diagram 1 427 430 431 428 4301 2720 429 A 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 161 B C D E F G H I J K L Kmy04005KA ...

Page 672: ...ector Locations Version 1 2007 12 28 1 4 OPTION FEEDER P J layout diagram 281 4211 4212 4213 4202 4201 4221 4222 42121 422 421 419 423 420 1 A 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 176 B C D E F G H I J K L Zna04006KA ...

Page 673: ...4 11 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank page ...

Page 674: ...21 PL5 1 Xerographics Illustration 5 22 PL5 1 Xerographics List 5 23 PL6 1 Fuser Exit Illustration 5 24 PL6 1 Fuser Exit List 5 25 PL7 1 Frame Illustration 5 26 PL7 1 Frame List 5 27 PL8 1 Drive Illustration 5 28 PL8 1 Drive List 5 29 PL9 1 Electrical Illustration 5 30 PL9 1 Electrical List 5 31 PL10 1 Harness Illustration 5 32 PL10 1 Harness List 5 33 PL11 1 Duplex Option 1 2 Illustration 5 34 PL...

Page 675: ...Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS Version 3 2008 05 30 Blank Page ...

Page 676: ...arts in the illustrations Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines Same characters in the illustrations represent lines to be connected The mark with 2 5 attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the items 2 3 4 and 5 of that plate are contained and the mark with 2 5 PL6 1 1 represent that the item 2 3 4 and 5 of that pla...

Page 677: ... PL2 2 99 250 SHEET PAPER TRAY Ref PL2 1 1 BLACK TONER Ref PL5 1 18 CYAN TONER Ref PL5 1 19 MAGENTA TONER Ref PL5 1 20 YELLOW TONER Ref PL5 1 21 TRANSFER BELT Ref PL4 1 1 DUPLEX MODULE Ref PL11 1 1 MPF ROLLER Ref PL3 1 99 KIT CAP CONNECTOR DRAWER Ref PL1 2 96 FEED ROLLER Ref PL2 2 99 FUSER Ref PL6 1 10 DUPLEX GATE Ref PL6 1 13 LEVER FUSER D Ref PL6 1 18 LEVER FUSER AD Ref PL6 1 19 ...

Page 678: ...L1 2 98 MPF COVER Ref PL1 2 99 REAR COVER Ref PL1 1 4 HARD DISK Ref PL9 1 47 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER Ref PL9 1 46 MEMORY Ref PL9 1 30 TRAY REAR COVER Ref PL1 1 5 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER Ref PL9 1 32 ELECTRONIC SUB SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD Ref PL9 1 99 LEFT COVER Ref PL1 1 7 OPERATOR PANEL Ref PL1 2 97 RIGHT COVER Ref PL1 1 6 ...

Page 679: ...DRIVE Ref PL8 1 2 DRIVE ASSY K Ref PL8 1 10 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY Ref PL8 1 7 ARM ASSEMBLY Ref PL7 1 98 SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY Ref PL7 1 18 MPF FEED SOLENOID Ref PL3 1 98 ROLL ASSY MSI Ref PL3 1 8 CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT Ref PL6 1 1 INTEGRATED FEEDER ASSEMBLY Ref PL3 2 99 RUBBER FEET Ref PL7 1 99 ...

Page 680: ...VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY Ref PL9 1 4 INTERLOCK SWITCH Ref PL9 1 3 HARN ASSY AC IN Ref PL9 1 16 BREAKER GFI INLET Ref PL9 1 43 TONER DISPENSER K Ref PL5 1 12 TONER DISPENSER M Ref PL5 1 12 TONER DISPENSER Y Ref PL5 1 12 TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY K Ref PL5 1 4 ROS Ref PL5 1 99 TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY C Ref PL5 1 4 TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY M Ref PL5 1 4 TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBL...

Page 681: ...RAY Ref PL12 4 1 550 SHEET FEEDER ASSEMBLY Ref PL12 1 1 550 FEEDER RUBBER Ref PL12 2 99 550 TRAY SEPARATOR ROLLER Identical 550 TRAY FEED ROLLER Ref PL12 3 99 550 TRAY FEED ROLLER Ref PL12 3 99 550 TRAY REAR COVER Ref PL12 1 4 FEEDER SCREWS Ref PL12 1 99 Kmy05105KC ...

Page 682: ...5 7 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 683: ...5 8 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 3 2008 5 30 Engineering parts list PL1 1 Cover 1 2 Illustration Zna05001KB 1 2 4 5 6 8 7 3 9 with 2 3 10 with 1 9 ...

Page 684: ...2007 12 28 PL1 1 Cover 1 2 List Item Parts name 1 COVER TOP 2 COVER EXTENSION 1 3 COVER EXTENSION 2 4 COVER REAR 5 COVER CST 6 COVER SIDE R ASSY 7 COVER SIDE L ASSY 8 BRACKET RCB 9 COVER ASSY EXTENDER with 2 3 10 COVER ASSY TOP with 1 9 ...

Page 685: ...tration Zna05002KB 8 97 with 15 16 98 with 1 8 17 1 with 3 7 9 11 15 18 23 33 34 36 37 PL6 1 1 99 with 24 30x2pcs 24 with 25 27 29 39 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 33 34 11 13 12 32 14 15 16 17 17 21 22 20 25 26 27 29 30 39 39 30 19 18 23 J272 P2720 J220 J29 P2900 J2900 P2721 36 37 38 ...

Page 686: ...ASSY OPEPANE J220 P2900 16 CONSOLE PANEL 17 PIN PIVOT MSI 18 SHAFT LEVER 19 PLATE PIVOT 20 LEVER MSI 1 21 SPRING LEVER MSI 22 SPRING LEVER LINK 23 LEVER MSI 2 24 COVER ASSY MSI with 25 27 29 39 25 LINK MSI L 26 TRAY ASSY MSI BASE 27 LINK MSI R 28 29 COVER MSI 30 SHAFT PIVOT MSI 31 32 HARNESS ASSY ESS J29 J2900 33 CLAMP RLWT 4V0 34 BRACKET HARNESS 35 36 SPRING 37 PLATE EARTH FC 38 CAP CONNECTOR DRA...

Page 687: ...ion 3 2008 5 30 PL2 1 Paper Cassette 1 2 Illustration Zna05003KB Ref PL2 2 1 1 with 2 PL2 2 1 2 with 3 12 24 24 with 25 28 4 5 8 9 9 10 11 12 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 6 7 27 28 99 with 3 Techsheet 3 with 4 11 ...

Page 688: ...LLER MSI 8 BEARING SEPARATOR R 9 SPRING SEPARATOR 200 10 HOLDER SEPARATOR MSI 11 PLATE SEPARATOR 12 ROLL PINCH TURN 13 SPRING PINCH TURN 14 FOLLOWER L 15 FOLLOWER R 16 ARM L 17 SPRING NF MSI 18 ARM R 19 HOUSING BASE FR 250 20 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 21 HOLDER ASSY MSI L 22 COVER FRONT MSI 23 HANDLE CST 250 24 ACTUATOR ASSY MSI with 25 28 25 HOLDER ACTUATOR 26 ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI 27 ROLL ACTUATOR NO PA...

Page 689: ...ersion 3 2008 5 30 PL2 2 Paper Cassette 2 2 Illustration Zna05004KB 1 with 2 13 18 33 12 with 14 17 2 8 9 10 13 15 18 19 20 21 23 22 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 25 14 16 17 8 11 3 4 6 7 5 99 with 17 PL3 2 53x2 total 3pcs Techsheet ...

Page 690: ...R with 14 17 13 CVR SPRTR CST 14 HOLDER SEPARATOR 15 SHAFT SEPARATOR 16 CLUTCH FRICTION SPRTR 17 SEPARATOR ROLLER 18 SPRING SEPARATOR 19 SWITCH SIZE SET 20 PLATE LOCK CST 21 PLATE GEAR LOCK 250 22 GUIDE ASSY CST END 250 23 ACTUATOR SIZE 24 HSG BASE RE 250 25 ACTUATOR RLS PB 26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR 27 GEAR PB R 28 COVER BTM UP 250 29 RACK BTM LOCK 250 30 SPRING BTM LOCK 31 GEAR BTM LOCK PINION 32 GE...

Page 691: ... 30 PL3 1 Paper Feeder 1 2 Illustration Zna05005KB Ref PL3 2 99 Ref PL3 2 23 Ref PL3 2 1 Ref PL3 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 12 14 15 16 17 13 11 11 9 18 8 with 7 9 12 18 J234 J282 P2821 J2821 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR 99 with 10 Techsheet 98 with 3 5 10 20 ...

Page 692: ... BEARING EARTH 7 CAM MSI R 8 ROLL ASSY MSI with 7 9 12 18 9 ROLL CORE MSI 10 ROLL ASSY FEED MSI 11 PIN DOWEL 12 SHAFT MSI 13 BEARING 14 CHUTE MSI 15 SENSOR PHOTO MSI NO PAPER SENSOR 16 COVER SNR 17 HARN ASSY MSI NPP J282 J2821 18 CAM MSI L 19 20 CLAMP RFC 11V0 98 KIT ROLL SOLENOID FEED MSI with 3 5 10 99 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED MSI with 10 Techsheet ...

Page 693: ... 61 62 2 with 3 21 28 with 29 30 59 with 44 50 33 with 35 36 3 3 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 27 8 11 9 11 10 8 20 21 21 23 21 25 29 30 34 35 36 32 26 53 52 51 26 24 30 36 36 37 42 44 45 46 53 47 48 49 50 CST NO PAPER SENSOR REGI SENSOR 99 with 1 23 24 J231 P2922 P2921 J2921 J2922 J292 J2411 P2411 J301 J232 J233 Ref PL2 2 99 61 62 55 11 ...

Page 694: ...UTCH ASSY PH REGI 24 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED 25 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN 26 BEARING NUDGER 27 SPRING EARTH 28 CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER with 29 30 29 CHUTE REGI UPPER 30 SENSOR PHOTO REGI SENSOR CST NO PAPER SENSOR 31 32 ROLL ASSY TURN 33 CHUTE ASSY TOP with 35 36 34 HOLDER NOSNSR 35 CHUTE ASSY SEPARATOR 36 CLAMP 37 HARN ASSY REGI SNR J292 J2921 J2922 38 39 40 41 42 SHAFT FEED 43 44 SUPPORT NUDGER ASSY 45 SHAF...

Page 695: ...5 20 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL4 1 Transfer Illustration Zna05007KA Ref PL1 2 9 1 J2721 ...

Page 696: ...5 21 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL4 1 Transfer List Item Parts name 1 TRANSFER ASSY KIT BELT CRU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 Periodic Replacing Parts 100KPV ...

Page 697: ...llustration Zna05010KB 1 2 1 3 4 18 19 20 21 3 3 3 4 4 4 10 5 6 7 8 4 with 5 8 10 10 10 11 12 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 P314 J183 J16 P161 P313 P312 P311 P193 K P194 C P192 M P191 Y CRUM SENSOR TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR J184 P141 J182 J181 99 with 1x2pcs 2 22 J12 ...

Page 698: ...OTO TONER CARTRIDGE SENSOR 9 10 SPRING CRU R 11 SPRING CRU L 12 DISPENSER ASSY 13 BIAS ASSY 14 SPRING ESA ROLL 15 LED ASSY 16 DUCT HARNESS MOT 17 HVPS 18 CARTRIDGE ASSY K with Techsheet 1 19 CARTRIDGE ASSY C with Techsheet 2 20 CARTRIDGE ASSY M with Techsheet 2 21 CARTRIDGE ASSY Y with Techsheet 2 22 CORE 23 99 KIT ROS ASSY with 1x2pcs 2 1 Periodic Replacing Parts 4KPV 9KPV 2 Periodic Replacing Pa...

Page 699: ...5 24 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 3 2008 5 30 PL6 1 Fuser Exit Illustration Zna05011KB 17 7 1 with 2 9 17 Ref PL1 2 9 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 6 3 2 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 19 8 P171 J171 J47 J17 99 with 18 19 ...

Page 700: ...LL PINCH EXIT 4 SPRING CORRUGATE 5 ROLL CORRUGATE 6 HOLDER CORRUGATE 7 ELIMINATOR EXIT 8 SPRING CHUTE OUT 9 CHUTE EXIT OUT 10 FUSER ASSY with Techsheet 1 11 HARN ASSY FUSER P171 J17 J47 12 BRACKET FUSER 13 CHUTE DUP GATE 14 15 16 17 PLATE EARTH EXIT 18 LEVER FUSER D 19 LEVER FUSER AD 99 KIT LEVER FUSER with 18 19 1 Periodic Replacing Parts 100KPV ...

Page 701: ...5 26 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 3 2008 5 30 PL7 1 Frame Illustration Zna05012KB 2 3 8 6 7 12 13 14 25 18 22 24 23 14 8 7 14 14 P291 98 with 2 3 6 8x2pcs 12 13 99 with 14x4pcs 6 ...

Page 702: ...INK L 3 LINK L 4 5 6 HOLDER DAMPER 7 DAMPER OIL 8 SPRING SUPPORT 9 10 11 12 SUPPORT LINK R 13 LINK R 14 FOOT 15 16 17 18 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 19 20 21 22 SPRING CST LOCK 23 DUCT SIDE L 24 STOPPER FRAME L 25 CLAMP LOCKING 97 98 KIT LINK ASSY R L with 2 3 6 8x2pcs 12 13 99 KIT FOOT ASSY with 14x4pcs ...

Page 703: ...5 28 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 3 2008 5 30 PL8 1 Drive Illustration Zna05013KB 2 7 10 11 8 J235 P221 J241 J20 P222 P251 ...

Page 704: ...5 29 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL8 1 Drive List Item Parts name 1 2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN 3 4 5 6 7 DRIVE ASSY PH 8 DUCT ASSY DRV PH 9 10 DRIVE ASSY K 11 PLATE EARTH DRV MP ...

Page 705: ...1 Electrical Illustration Zna05014KB 3 2 4 41 42 5 6 8 8 18 19 20 25 30 46 47 32 51 33 33 35 44 21 22 22 11 14 14 14 33 33 14 16 43 17 48 33 1 2 33 J44 J48 J482 P261 FS483 T484 P144 27 with 35 10 J503 9 40 with 4 9 45 with 25 27 49 with 21 44 48 33 50 ...

Page 706: ...SPACER RCBT 11S 19 SENSOR HUM 20 PWBA MCU 21 SHIELD WINDOW 22 SCREW KNURLING OPTION HDD KIT 23 24 25 SHIELD ESS 26 27 PWBA ESS with 35 28 29 30 MEMORY CARD OPTION 31 32 WIRELESS PRINTER ADAPTER OPTION 33 CLAMP RLWC 1SV0 34 35 NVM ROM 36 37 38 39 40 LVPS ASSY with 4 9 41 DUCT AIRFLOW 42 SHIELD MCU 43 BREAKER GFI INLET 44 SCREW KNURLING 45 SHIELD ASSY ESS with 25 27 46 NETWORK PROTOCOL ADAPTER OPTIO...

Page 707: ...2 P24 P25 P23 P27 Ref PL9 1 4 Ref PL9 1 20 4 9 13 15 16 J31 J311 J312 J313 J314 J19 J194 J193 J192 J26 J191 J261 20 21 18 J10 P182 P183 P184 J141 J18 J15 J111 J101 J14 J401 P281 J291 J251 P292 J144 J222 J221 P231 P232 P233 P282 P272 P234 J22 J24 J25 J23 J27 J28 J29 J30 P181 J502 J501 J504 J40 J13 J5041 P301 P241 P235 P48 P47 P44 P501 P504 P503 P502 P40 ...

Page 708: ...2 J193 J194 10 11 12 13 HARN ASSY CRUM J31 J311 J312 J313 J314 14 15 HARN ASSY R SIDE J22 J23 J24 J25 J27 J28 J29 J30 J144 J221 J222 P231 P232 P233 P234 P235 P241 J251 P272 P281 P282 J291 P292 P301 16 HARN ASSY LV TOP J13 J14 J15 J18 J401 J5041 J141 P181 P182 P183 P184 J40 J501 J502 J504 17 18 HARN ASSY IF J10 J101 J111 19 20 HARN ASSY BTM EARTH 21 CORE ...

Page 709: ...Option 1 2 Illustration To PL11 2 Kmy05016KD 1 with 2 7 9 20 22 27 PL11 2 Ref PL11 2 2 3 4 2 5 5 6 9 10 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 11 7 5 6 7 6 7 22 26 23 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 20 20 P430 P427 J427 J430 P4301 J4301 P431 P428 J428 J2720 P429 P1 DUP JAM SENSOR 27 24 25 ...

Page 710: ...MAIN 6 SPRING CHUTE DUP 7 BRACKET HOLDER DUP 8 9 ACTUATOR DUP 10 SPRING SENSOR DUP 11 HOLDER SENSOR DUP 12 SENSOR PHOTO DUP JAM SENSOR 13 HARN ASSY DUP SNR J430 J4301 14 CLAMP MINI 15 PWBA DUP H 16 COVER PWBA DUP 17 COVER CONNECT DUP 18 HARN ASSY DUP UNIT J428 J2720 19 HOLDER CONNECT DUP 20 SPRING CONNECT DUP 21 22 BRACKET FAN DUP 23 COVER HARNESS FAN 24 COVER HARNESS CHUTE 25 FAN DUP 26 SEAL DUP ...

Page 711: ...5 36 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL11 2 Duplex Option 2 2 Illustration Kmy05017KD 1 2 3 4 4 5 8 9 1 3 4 4 13 25 26 27 28 14 15 J431 J429 9 21 22 10 24 From PL11 1 23 16 17 18 19 20 ...

Page 712: ...TE DUP 6 7 8 BRACKET CLUTCH DUP 9 WASHER DUP CLUTCH 10 CLUTCH DUP 11 12 13 GEAR DUP 40Z M0 8 14 ROLL ASSY DUP 1 15 ROLL ASSY DUP 2 16 COVER GEAR DUP 17 GEAR DUP 25Z FUSER 18 GEAR DUP 21Z 25Z 19 GEAR DUP 21Z 20 PLATE GEAR 21 SPRING DUP 22 BEARING 23 MOTOR ASSY DUP 24 PLATE EARTH DUP 25 BRACKET MOTOR DUP 26 BUSH SADDLE 27 COVER DRIVE DUP 28 HARN ASSY DUP EARTH T432 T4320 ...

Page 713: ...5 38 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL12 1 550 Feeder Option 1 5 Illustration Kmy05018KD 1 with 2 5 7 PL12 2 12 3 Ref PL12 3 1 Ref PL12 4 1 Ref PL12 2 2 3 3 7 4 99 with 3x2pcs 5 6 J4201 J4213 ...

Page 714: ...2007 12 28 PL12 1 550 Feeder Option 1 5 List Item Parts name 1 550 OPTION FEEDER with 2 5 7 PL12 2 12 3 2 COVER LEFT 3 SCREW JOINT 4 COVER CST 550 5 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT 6 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT 7 COVER RIGHT 99 KIT SCREW JOINT with 3x2pcs ...

Page 715: ...8 PL12 2 550 Feeder Option 2 5 Illustration Zna05019KA 1 3 5 6 7 8 11 10 a a 9 18 4 17 13 15 15 15 15 16 12 with 13 17 J421 P421 P423 P419 P1 P420 P422 J420 J422 J281 J419 J4222 P4222 P4221 J4221 J4211 P4211 P4213 P4212 P4202 P4201 99 with 15x4pcs ...

Page 716: ...RACKET LOCK 5 SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT 6 PWBA OPT FDR 7 HARN ASSY C2 CHUTE J421 J4211 P4212 P4213 8 HARN ASSY C2 TURN J420 P4201 P4202 9 HARN ASSY C2 MOT J422 J4221 J4222 10 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR 11 GUIDE TRAY R 550 12 GUIDE ASSY 550 L with 13 17 13 GUIDE TRAY L 550 14 15 FOOT 16 CLAMP MINI 17 SPRING CST LOCK 18 CLAMP LOCKING 99 KIT FOOT ASSY with 15x4pcs ...

Page 717: ...eder Option 3 5 Illustration Zna05020KB 1 with 3 11 13 16 18 20 29 31 32 3 32 4 5 6 13 30 14 15 16 16 16 18 20 21 22 29 23 24 25 26 29 28 27 11 CST NO PAPER SENSOR P42121 J42121 J4212 99 with 29x2 PL12 5 17 total 3pcs Techsheet 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 7 31 10 11 32 ...

Page 718: ...HOLDER NO SNSR 14 SENSOR PHOTO CST NO PAPER SENSOR 15 CHUTE ASSY SEPARATOR 16 CLAMP 17 18 SHAFT FEED OPT 19 20 SUPPORT NUDGER ASSY 21 SHAFT NUDGER 22 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER 23 GEAR IDLER NUDGER 24 HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 25 ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 26 HOLDER NO PAPER R A4 27 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER 28 CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED 29 ROLL ASSY FEED 30 HARN ASSY C2 NO PAPER J4212 J42121 31 PLATE EARTH OPT 32 WASHER 99 K...

Page 719: ...5 44 Chapter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL12 4 550 Feeder Option 4 5 Illustration Zna05021KA Ref PL12 5 1 1 with 2 PL12 5 1 2 with 3 4 3 4 ...

Page 720: ...pter 5 Parts List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL12 4 550 Feeder Option 4 5 List Item Parts name 1 CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT with 2 PL12 5 1 2 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT 550 OPT with 3 4 3 HOUSING BASE FR 550 4 HANDLE CST 550 OPT ...

Page 721: ... List Version 1 2007 12 28 PL12 5 550 Feeder Option 5 5 Illustration Zna05022KA 1 with 2 13 18 34 12 with 14 17 2 8 9 10 13 15 18 19 20 21 23 22 24 26 27 21 28 29 30 31 34 31 32 33 25 14 16 17 8 11 3 4 6 7 5 Ref PL12 3 99 ...

Page 722: ...SIDE L 550 A4 11 GEAR PINION 12 HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR with 14 17 13 CVR SPRTR CST 14 HOLDER SEPARATOR 15 SHAFT SEPARATOR 16 CLUTCH FRICTION SPRTR 17 SEPARATOR ROLLER 18 SPRING SEPARATOR 19 SWITCH SIZE SET 20 PLATE LOCK CST 21 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 22 GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 23 ACTUATOR SIZE 24 HSG BASE RE 550 25 ACTUATOR RLS PB 26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR 27 GEAR PB R 28 COVER BTM UP 550 29 RACK BTM LOCK ...

Page 723: ...am 6 15 3 1 3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention 6 16 3 1 4 Reference diagram 6 16 3 1 5 Bottom Plate Moving 6 17 3 2 Paper Feeder 6 18 3 2 1 Major functions 6 18 3 2 2 Reference diagram 6 19 3 3 MPF Regi Assy 6 20 3 3 1 Major functions 6 20 3 3 2 Reference diagram 6 21 3 3 3 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention 6 22 3 3 4 Reference diagram 6 22 3 3 5 Lead edge Registration 6 23 3 3 6 Reference diagram 6 23...

Page 724: ...ce diagram 6 47 4 MODES 6 48 4 1 Operation Modes 6 48 5 Control 6 49 5 1 Control of Paper Size 6 49 5 2 Selective Control on Paper Cassette 6 49 5 3 PRINTHEAD Light Quantity Control 6 49 5 4 Process Control 6 50 5 4 1 Potential Control 6 50 5 4 2 Toner Density Control 6 51 5 4 3 High Area Coverage Mode 6 51 5 4 4 Admix Mode 6 51 5 4 5 ADC Sensor Adjustment 6 51 5 5 Color Registration Control 6 52 ...

Page 725: ...ack Y M C and K creates the toner image Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows 1 Charge Drum surface is charged with electricity 2 Exposure Image unit is exposed to laser beams 3 Development Image is developed with toner 4 Transfer Four color finished toner image on the Drum is transferred onto the paper 5 Cleaning Remaining toner on the drum is collected 6 Fu...

Page 726: ...6 2 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 1 2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes Outline of printing processes is shown in the figure below Zna06002KB ...

Page 727: ...ors The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum BCR is a conductive roll receives discharge voltage from the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS and discharges a negative DC voltage The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage The drum surface is a photoreceptor which is an insulator in the dark and a conductor in the light and t...

Page 728: ...ectrostatic latent image on the drum surface This process is performed in parallel for yellow magenta cyan and black colors Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the PRINTHEAD By the rotating polygon mirror fixed mirror and lens attached to the Scanner Motor Assy of the PRINTHEAD the surface of each color drum is scanned from end to end in the axial direction Kmy06004KA ...

Page 729: ...sing characters or pictures The laser diode lights up for parts to be developed by toner and not for parts that are not to be developed The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor and the negative charge on the drum surface flows to the positive side and the charges cancel each other out so that the potential on the drum surface drops The part on the surface where potential d...

Page 730: ...racted to one another electrically As the carrier is a magnetic substance it is attracted to the Magnet Roll having a magnetic force and a homogeneous layer is formed by the Trimmer Bar The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi conductive sleeve over the surface DB Developing Bias voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS DB voltage is negative DC vol...

Page 731: ...6 7 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Kmy06005GA engine principle0013FA engine principle0014FA ...

Page 732: ...l is a conductive roll to which the positive voltage is applied from the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS The BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies the positive voltage to the Belt Belt The Belt is a conductive belt to which the positive voltage is applied from the BTR After the negatively charged toner image on the drum surface is drawn by the positive charge on the belt it is transfer...

Page 733: ...6 9 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Kmy06007KA ...

Page 734: ...ng blade contacts the surface of the drum collecting the excess toner by scraping Cleaning Roll The Cleaning Roll contacts the surface of the BCR collecting the excess toner by scraping Charge cleaning When the drum is charged by BCR any excess charge hinders the drum surface from being uniformly charged which may lead to print quality problems The excess charge on the surface of the drum is elimi...

Page 735: ...elt can be easily broken by a finger touch the toner image must be fixed on the paper with the FUSER fusing unit The toner particles are melted by the HEAT ROLL heated by the Heater lamp and is deposited on the paper under pressure given by the belt opposed against the heat roll Conditions to be met to light up the Heater Lamp Warm up Stand by Printing Main Heater Lamp ON ON OFF ON OFF Kmy06010KA ...

Page 736: ...6 12 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 2 Paper Path 2 1 Paper Path Kmy06025KB ...

Page 737: ...6 13 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 2 2 Layout of Paper Path Zna06026KA ...

Page 738: ...Assy R L can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper width End Guide The Guide End Assy can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size The ON OFF of SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY Refer to 5 1 Control of Paper Size varies according to the Guide End Assy position to detect the paper size FEED ROLLER SEPARATOR The FEED ROLLER SEPARATOR and the FEED ROLLER...

Page 739: ...6 15 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 1 2 Reference diagram Zna06029KA ...

Page 740: ...rmally when only one sheet is fed both the Feed Roll and Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass However when two sheets are fed concurrently only the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the Separator Roll at rest The Separator Roll is being pushed toward th...

Page 741: ... section unlocks the GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY When the paper tray is pushed in until it stops the gear teeth of the RACK BTM LOCK and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are out of engagement allowing the PLATE ASSY BTM to rise by the spring pressure of the SPRING BTM UP Zna06054KA GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY RACK BTM LOCK PLATE ASSY BTM SPRING BTM UP ...

Page 742: ... PHOTO No Paper Sensor Detects the presence absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER No paper Sensor beam is intercepted CLUTCH ASSY FEED Transmits the drive from the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY to FEED ROLLER Refer to 6 3 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY FEED ROLLER When the CLUTCH ASSY FEED operates the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED ROLLER feeds the paper Refer to 6 3 ...

Page 743: ...6 19 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 2 2 Reference diagram Zna06032KA ...

Page 744: ...fer to 6 3 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY ROLL ASSY TURN The ROLL ASSY TURN is rotated by the drive from the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY through the CLUTCH ASSY TURN to feed the paper from the MPF or Duplex to the CHUTE ASSY REGI Refer to 6 3 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY SENSOR PHOTO MPF No Paper Sensor Detects presence absence of paper in the MPF tray by the change in actuator position Kmy06050KA Zna06052KA SENSOR PHOTO MPF...

Page 745: ...ates the actuator CLUTCH ASSY REGI CLUTCH ASSY REGI transmits the driving power from the PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE to ROLL REGI RUBBER and transports the paper from the tray MPF and duplex path toward the toner cartridge direction Refer to 6 3 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY The timing of sheet feed from the Regi Assy is adjusted by the duration of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operation so that the toner ...

Page 746: ...d SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate to allow the sheet to pass However when two sheets are fed concurrently only the MPF ROLLER rotates and the SEPARATOR ROLLER is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the SEPARATOR ROLLER at rest The SEPARATOR ROLLER is being pushed toward the MPF ROLLER by spring pressure and controlled...

Page 747: ...y maintained due to such troubles as misalignment of lead edges in the tray cassette To avoid this trouble the lead edge position needs to be aligned at the Regi part before the sheet is fed to the toner transfer position By thrusting the edge of the sheet coming out of the MPF or Tray against the REGI ROLL that is at rest the lead edge of the sheet is registered 3 3 6 Reference diagram Kmy06034KA...

Page 748: ... Actuator A detects the sheet fed from the MPF Duplex The Actuator B detects the sheet fed from the Paper Tray However the movement of the Actuator A does not affect the Actuator B 3 3 8 Reference diagram Kmy06057KA SPRING REGI SNSR A SPRING REGI SNSR B ACTUATOR A ACTUATOR B From PAPER TRAY PAPER ACTUATOR B ACTUATOR A ACTUATOR B ACTUATOR A ACTUATOR A From MPF or DUP PAPER SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor ...

Page 749: ...6 25 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 750: ...ensor Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the actuator Transfer Belt Belt Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER SENSOR ADC SENSOR ADC reads the toner patch on the BELT and converts it to voltage value Voltage value is used to control the density of toner Refer to 5 4 1 Potential Control ADC Solenoid When turned on the ADC Solenoid activates the PAD ADC ...

Page 751: ...6 27 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 4 2 Reference diagram Zna06035KA ...

Page 752: ...a constant speed and the Polygon Mirror that is mounted on the motor shaft The laser light output from the LD is irradiated onto the Polygon Mirror via the Mirror The Polygon Mirror provided with twelve reflecting mirror faces changes the reflection angle of the laser light as it rotates by the Scanner Motor thereby allowing the laser light to scan the drum along its axial direction Scanning is pe...

Page 753: ...6 29 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 5 2 Reference diagram ...

Page 754: ...Auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE and supplies toner to the developer part in the TONER CARTRIDGE TONER CARTRIDGE Y TONER CARTRIDGE M TONER CARTRIDGE C TONER CARTRIDGE K The TONER CARTRIDGE is constituted from the toner cartridge developer and the drum Erase Lamp LED ASSEMBLY The light of the LED passes through the lens of the TONER CARTRIDGE and irradiates the drum The light of the LED eliminates the ...

Page 755: ...6 31 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 6 2 Reference diagram Kmy06037KA Zna06038KA ...

Page 756: ...ving force of the SUB MOTOR to reach the C M Y Developer only This is performed to ensure that the Yellow Magenta and Cyan Developers cannot be rotated by the DRIVE ASSY SUB during B W printing The COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR detects the status of the transmission route whether it is set for B W or full color Zna06100KA FULL COLOR MODE K MODE SWITCHING SENSOR K MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID CAM C GEAR C...

Page 757: ...s the drive from the Sub Motor to the Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER In the backside printing the exit clutch stops Exit Roll is driven by Duplex Motor Refer to 6 1 PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE SIMPLEX MODE and 6 4 DRIVE ASSY DUP FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY Standard Cassette MPF Regi Assy ...

Page 758: ...6 34 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 3 7 2 Reference diagram Zna06039KB ...

Page 759: ...6 35 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 760: ...with the print controller and information from the sensor switch Major functions are as follows Communication with the ESS Receive of information from the sensors or switches Control of Motor in PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE and FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component Control of PRINTHEAD High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Supplies high voltage ...

Page 761: ...PERATOR PANEL displays the state of the printer using LCD or LED operates the printer using the switch INTERLOCK SWITCH INTERLOCK SWITCH is a switch that cuts the 24VDC power supply to the HVPS or Motor etc upon the opening of the Front Cover 3 8 2 Reference diagram Zna06040KA ...

Page 762: ...6 38 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 3 8 3 Data Flow Print data electric signal from the printer controller flows as shown below until it is turned into a print Kmy06011KA ...

Page 763: ...6 39 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 764: ...o Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER When the clutch operates the Roll Assy Exit rotates in the reverse direction The clutch is stopped when the paper reached the Duplex DRIVE ASSY DUP The DRIVE ASSY DUP supplies the driving power to the Lower Roll ROLL ASSY DUP2 Upper Roll ROLL ASSY DUP1 and Roll Assy Exit of Fuser Refer to 6 4 DRIVE ASSY DUP PWBA DUP The PWBA DUP controls motor sensor and clutch FAN DU...

Page 765: ...hapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 3 9 2 Reference diagram Kmy06041KA ROLL ASSY DUP 1 Upper Roll ROLL ASSY DUP 2 Lower Roll SENSOR PHOTO DUP In Sensor CLUTCH DUP MOTOR DUP FAN DUP PWBA DUP ...

Page 766: ...aper size The ON OFF of SIZE SWITCH ASSEMBLY Refer to 5 1 Control of Paper Size varies according to the Guide End Assy position to detect the paper size FEED ROLLER SEPARATOR The FEED ROLLER SEPARATOR and the FEED ROLLER PICK UP ASSY pinch the paper to feed Bottom Plate Bottom plate is locked to bottom side when paper cassette is pulled out from the paper feeder and unlocked when the paper cassett...

Page 767: ...one sheet is fed both the Feed Roll and Separator Roll rotate to allow the sheet to pass However when two sheets are fed concurrently only the Feed Roll rotates and the Separator Roll is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the Separator Roll at rest The Separator Roll is being pushed toward the Feed Roll by sp...

Page 768: ...r section unlocks the GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY When the paper tray is pushed in until it stops the gear teeth of the RACK BTM LOCK and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are out of engagement allowing the PLATE ASSY BTM to rise by the spring pressure of the SPRING BTM UP Kmy06023EA GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY RACK BTM LOCK PLATE ASSY BTM SPRING BTM UP ...

Page 769: ...6 45 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 Blank Page ...

Page 770: ...ED ROLLER PICK UP ASSY Refer to 6 5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR FEED ROLLER When the CLUTCH ASSY FEED operates the FEED ROLLER starts rotating and the FEED ROLLER feeds the paper Refer to 6 5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR CLUTCH ASSY TURN Transmits the drive from the DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER to ROLL ASSY TURN ROLL ASSY TURN The ROLL ASSY TURN rotates by the drive from DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER through the CLUTCH ASSY ...

Page 771: ...6 47 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 3 10 7 Reference diagram Kmy06044KB ...

Page 772: ...ic commands or the printer diagnostic function is operating WAIT mode The printer is under the adjustment of print quality READY mode The printer is ready for printing PRINTING mode The printer is under printing ERROR mode Any error was detected in the printer Initializing mode New parts have been just set to the printer initializing with a new Deve Unit Checking Unit mode Printer is under checkin...

Page 773: ...es in the PRINTHEAD as electric signals data are expressed with high and low voltage values and the laser diodes convert the image data from electric signals to optical signals data are expressed with blinking laser beams Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system such as lenses or drum sensitivity cannot attain a proper electrostatic image therefore the laser beam...

Page 774: ...n stable printing image density the drum charging voltage the developing DC voltage and the PRINT HEAD light amount are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that varies momentarily The adjusted drum charging voltage the developing DC voltage and the PRINT HEAD light amount are fed back to keep the printing image density constant The outline of control is as follows...

Page 775: ...the toner dispense time This calculation is made for each color 5 4 3 High Area Coverage Mode A continuous printing of any image of area coverage exceeding extra toner dispense capability causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered The High Area Coverage Mode postpones the next page feed and dispenses the toner during this time if the toner dispense time reached the specified value dur...

Page 776: ...r colors in lateral directions The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print count at the execution of the process control The control is outlined below 1 With no toner on the Belt the output value of ADC Sensor is measured to determine the threshold value 2 The patches for color registration control are generated on the Belt These patches are composed of...

Page 777: ...ding on the time of Warm up Printing or Process Control The target temperature varies according to such environmental factors as the interior temperature detected by the Sensor Hum Temp 5 6 2 Cooling down As the printing continues the temperature distribution in the Heat Roll becomes uneven both in the paper feed and non paper feed areas Cooling Down suspends paper feeling for a certain period of ...

Page 778: ... GEAR X1 C GEAR X1 M GEAR X1 Y GEAR T1 GEAR D7 GEAR X2 GEAR T2 GEAR D1 GEAR K1 GEAR C CAM C FLANGE D3 GEAR X2 K GEAR X2 C GEAR X2 M GEAR X2 Y GEAR T3 GEAR D8 GEAR K2 GEAR D2 GEAR K3 GEAR X3 K GEAR X3 C GEAR X3 M GEAR DRUM K DRUM K BLACK TONER DRIVE ASSY K GEAR DRUM C DRUM C CYAN TONER GEAR DRUM M DRUM M MAGENT TONER GEAR DRUM Y DRUM Y YELLOW TONER GEAR DRV BELT ROLL MAGNET DEVE K AUGER SUPPLY K AU...

Page 779: ...LL MAGNET DEVE K GEAR IDLE DEVE K GEAR AUGER K AUGER ADMIX K GEAR AUGER K AUGER SUPPLY K K MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID GEAR C GEAR D2 GEAR D4 CAM C CAM C FLANGE D3 GEAR D3 IN GEAR D3 IN GEAR D3 OUT GEAR D3 OUT PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE BLACK TONER CYAN TONER MAGENT TONER YELLOW TONER DRIVE ASSY K Indicates the engagement of gears Name of moving parts BLACK and WHITE MODE ...

Page 780: ...GEAR DRUM K DRUM K BLACK TONER DRIVE ASSY K GEAR DRUM C DRUM C CYAN TONER GEAR DRUM M DRUM M MAGENT TONER GEAR DRUM Y DRUM Y YELLOW TONER CYAN TONER MAGENT TONER YELLOW TONER GEAR DRV BELT ROLL MAGNET DEVE K AUGER SUPPLY K AUGER ADMIX K TRANSFER BELT GEAR X3 Y GEAR T4 GEAR D5 GEAR IDLE DEVE K GEAR AUGER K GEAR AUGER K GEAR D3 IN GEAR D3 OUT GEAR ROLL MAG K ROLL MAGNET DEVE Y AUGER SUPPLY Y AUGER A...

Page 781: ...Y GEAR AUGER Y GEAR DRUM Y GEAR ROLL MAG Y GEAR IDLE DEVE Y GEAR AUGER Y K MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID GEAR C CAM C GEAR D3 IN GEAR D3 OUT DRIVE ASSY K GEAR DRUM K DRUM K GEAR DRV BELT GEAR ROLL MAG K ROLL MAGNET DEVE K GEAR IDLE DEVE K GEAR AUGER K AUGER ADMIX K GEAR AUGER K AUGER SUPPLY K PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE Indicates the engagement of gears Name of moving parts BLACK and WHITE MOD...

Page 782: ...6 58 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 Refer to 6 1 PHOTOCONDUCTOR PC DEVELOPER DEV DRIVE SIMPLEX MODE Zna06016KB ...

Page 783: ...6 59 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 Zna06018KB ...

Page 784: ...ion Version 1 2007 12 28 6 2 TONER DISPENSER Y M C K Rotation power of the TONER DISPENSER drives the agitator and the auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE The operation is common among the TONER DISPENSER Y M C and K TONER CARTRIDGE Kmy06021KA ...

Page 785: ...6 61 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 TONER CARTRIDGE Kmy06022KA ...

Page 786: ...6 62 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 6 3 FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY Rotation power of the FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY is transmitted through the route below PAPER HANDLING Kmy06019KA ...

Page 787: ...6 63 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 PAPER HANDLING Kmy06020KA ...

Page 788: ...6 64 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 6 4 DRIVE ASSY DUP Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below Zna06017KA ...

Page 789: ...6 65 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 3 2008 05 30 Zna06027KB ...

Page 790: ...6 66 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 6 5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR is transmitted through the route below 550 OPTION FEEDER Kmy06023KA ...

Page 791: ...6 67 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Version 1 2007 12 28 550 OPTION FEEDER Kmy06024KA ...

Page 792: ...agram 7 1 1 2 General Wiring Diagram 7 2 2 Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts 7 3 2 1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts 7 3 2 2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts 7 5 1 DC POWER SUPPLY 7 7 2 MSI REGI 7 9 3 DRIVE 7 11 4 FEEDER 7 13 5 ROS 7 15 6 XEROGRAPHIC 7 17 7 HIGH VOLTAGE 7 19 8 DEVELOPER 7 21 9 FUSER 7 23 10 CONTROLLER 7 25 11 550 FEEDER 7 27 12 DUP...

Page 793: ...presents a connector The connector No is indicated inside the box Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit board The connector terminal No is indicated inside the box Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board The connector No is indicated inside the box The box containing a part name represents a part PL X Y Z indicates the item Z of ...

Page 794: ...313 CRUM SENSOR M PL5 1 3 P J312 CRUM SENSOR Y PL5 1 3 P J311 P J31 SENSOR ASSY CRU Y PL5 1 4 P J191 P J19 SENSOR ASSY CRU M PL5 1 4 P J192 SENSOR ASSY CRU K PL5 1 4 P J193 SENSOR ASSY CRU C PL5 1 4 P J194 DISPENSE MOTOR Y PL5 1 12 P J181 P J18 DISPENSE MOTOR M PL5 1 12 P J182 DISPENSE MOTOR K PL5 1 12 P J183 DISPENSE MOTOR C PL5 1 12 P J184 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED PL3 2 24 P J233 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN ...

Page 795: ...Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name Denotes the control and its outline in PWB Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires attached with signal name contents Denotes the function and logic value of the signal to operate the function Low L High H The given voltage is for signal in high status The arrow indicates the direction of signal Denotes the function an...

Page 796: ...ion 1 2007 12 28 Denotes a connection between wires I L 24VDC Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH CPU turns on 5VDC 3 3VDC Denotes DC voltage SG Denotes signal ground AG Denotes analog ground RTN Denotes the return Symbols Description ...

Page 797: ...ED MSI with PWBA MCU Connections of REGI SENSOR with PWBA MCU Connections of TEMP SENSOR with PWBA MCU Connections of MSI NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU 3 DRIVE Connections of MAIN DRIVE ASSY with PWBA MCU 4 FEEDER Connections of CST NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU Connections of SWITCH ASSY SIZE with PWBA MCU Connections of CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED with PWBA MCU Connections of CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN with PW...

Page 798: ...SOR K with PWBA MCU 9 FUSER Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA MCU Connections of FUSER ASSY with LVPS Connections of PWBA MCU with LVPS 10 CONTROLLER Connections of PWBA ESS with PWBA MCU Connections of CONTROL PANEL with PWBA ESS Connections of LVPS with PWBA ESS 11 550 FEEDER Connections of PWBA OPT FDR with PWBA MCU Connections of CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT with PWBA OPT FDR Connections of DRIVE AS...

Page 799: ...0 FAN 24VDC FAN ALARM SG I L 24VDC P J501 P J13 3 3VDC 5VDC 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 P J15 1 2 SG 14 13 12 11 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 3 1 1 2 3 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL9 1 3 SG 5VDC 3 3VDC SG LV TYPE DEEP SLEEP SLEEP 24V OFF FAN STOP FAN LOW FAN ALARM BREAKER GFI INLET PL9 1 16 P J481 P J48 ZNA07002KA LVPS PL9 1 4 SWITCH POWER PL9 1 16 HARN ASSY LV TOP PL10 1 16 HARN ASSY LV TOP PL10 1 16 INTERLOCK 24VDC 4 2...

Page 800: ...age 24VDC 5VDC or 3 3VDC exceeds the specified voltage respectively At this time the operating point is 32VDC TBD or less for 24VDC 7VDC TBD or less for 5VDC or 4 4VDC TBD or less for 3 3VDC The circuit is reset when the power is turned off and then on again after certain time Sleep mode and deep sleep mode The output of the following power supply are stopped according to the these signals Signal ...

Page 801: ...C MSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3 1 15 SG SG PH MOT ON X XXVDC 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PH MOT CLK PH MOT ALARM P J282 P J29 P J23 8 9 10 3 2 1 4 5 6 REGI SENSED L 3 3VDC SG P J2922 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC REGI SENSOR PL3 2 30 P J292 1 2 I L 24VDC REGI CL ON L 24VDC 2 1 1 2 P J231 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI PL3 2 23 7 8 I L 24VDC I L 24VDC I L 24VDC 5VDC FEED SOL ON L 24VDC 2 1 1 2 P J234 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL3 1 3 ZNA07...

Page 802: ... the Sensor Photo MSI NO PAPER SENSOR REGI SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo REGI SENSOR REGI CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the REGI CLUTCH FEED SOL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the MSI FEED SOLENOID TEMP Data on temperature inside the printer PH MOT ON X XXVDC PH MOT CLK PH MOT ALARM Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH ...

Page 803: ...22 10 11 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 MAIN MOTOR I L 24VDC SG I L 24VDC SG MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LO MAIN MOT CW CCW M ZNA07004KA INTERLOCK 24VDC INTERLOCK 24VDC B9 B10 HARN ASSY R SIDE PL10 1 15 HARN ASSY R SIDE PL10 1 15 HARN ASSY R SIDE PL10 1 15 I L 24VDC EXIT CL ON L 24VDC 2 1 2 1 1 2 P J241 P J235 1 2 EXIT CLUTCH INTERLOCK 24VDC P J24 1 2 HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL PL9 1 9 I L 24VDC K...

Page 804: ...D K MODE SENSED L 3 3VDC Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor Photo COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LO MAIN MOT CW CCW Drive control signal of the MAIN MOTOR SUB MOT ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LO SUB MOT BRAKE Drive control signal of the SUB MOTOR EXIT CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the EXIT CLUTCH ...

Page 805: ...3 4 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN PL3 2 25 5 6 7 P J2921 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL3 2 30 P J292 1 2 3 6 5 4 I L 24VDC FEED CL ON L 24VDC P J233 2 1 1 2 5 6 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED PL3 2 24 1 2 3 4 P J291 P J29 P J23 4 3 2 PAPER SIZE SW 3 ON L 3 3VDC PAPER SIZE SW 2 ON L 3 3VDC PAPER SIZE SW 1 ON L 3 3VDC SG 1 SWITCH ASSY SIZE PL7 1 18 ZNA07005KA INTERLOCK 24VDC 3...

Page 806: ...SIZE SW 2 ON L 3 3VDC PAPER SIZE SW 3 ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF signal of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo NO PAPER SENSOR TURN CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH FEED CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH Paper size Switches SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 LEGAL 14 SEF ON ON ON LEGAL 13 SEF ON ON OFF EXECUTIVE SEF ON OFF ON B5 SEF...

Page 807: ...9 10 11 12 LD ERR PCONT SG 3 3V LD SG V REF K V REF C ROS MOT ON HARNESS ASSY ROS PL5 1 2 LOCK ROS MOT ON SG 24VDC 5VDC SOS SG CLK ROS ASSY PL5 1 2 SCANNER MOT PWBA SOS ZNA07006KA 13 14 V REF M 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 19 18 17 16 1 2 3 4 5 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 2 3 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 V REF Y LD ON SG DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y INTERLOCK 24VDC ...

Page 808: ...007 12 28 Signal line name Description ROS MOT ON Drive control signal of the ROS MOTOR SOS Reference signal for scan start of LASER V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y Emission control signal of the laser diode DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Video signal of the laser diode ...

Page 809: ...12 11 8 7 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 7 8 10 11 12 13 1 14 SG 3 3VDC CLOCK DATA SG 3 3VDC CLOCK DATA SG 3 3VDC CLOCK DATA I L 24VDC 5VDC ADC V MONI LED ADC V OUT ADC SOL ON L 24VDC 11 SG 14 15 16 17 P J27213 2 1 1 2 ADC SOLENOID EEPROM BELT P J144 4 3 2 1 SG 5VDC HUMI TEMP P J26 P J28 1 2 3 4 J261 CN1 CN1 is printed on the board 4 3 2 1 PWBA EEPROM PL9 1 1 SENSOR HUM PL9 1 19 HARN ASSY LV TOP PL10 1 1...

Page 810: ...ner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR Analog value LED REM Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR ADC V MONI Control signal of the ADC SENSOR DATA CLOCK Control signal of the EEPROM XPRO TEMP Temperature data in the printer by the TEMP HUM SENSOR Analog value HUMI Humidity data in the printer by the TEMP HUM SENSOR Analog value ERASE K ON L 3 3VDC ERASE Y M C ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF signal ...

Page 811: ...8 HVPS PL5 1 17 P J161 J161 P162 P163 P162 1 P162 2 DBK TRK TRC TRM TRY BCR BTR BTR Bias Transfer Roll BCR Bias Charge Roll Developer DBC DBM DBY 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 TR Y MON TR K MON COLOR DATA CLK 3 3VDC SG 9 10 2 1 5VDC SG I L 24VDC ZNA07008KA K C M Y INTERLOCK 24VDC 5 5VDC 3 3VDC RED WHT CF K CF YMC WHT White Soldered Connector ...

Page 812: ...7 20 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Version 1 2007 12 28 Signal line name Description TR Y MON TR K MON COLOR DATA CLK Control signal of the HVPS ...

Page 813: ...2 3 4 5 6 DISPENSE MOTOR K PL5 1 12 M P184 6 5 4 3 2 1 J184 1 2 3 4 5 6 DISPENSE MOTOR C PL5 1 12 M HARN ASSY LV TOP PL10 1 16 HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR PL10 1 9 HARNESS ASSY CRUM PL10 1 13 P J191 3 SENSOR ASSY CRU Y PL5 1 4 2 1 P J19 1 2 1 2 3 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG CARTRIDGE Y SENSED L 3 3VDC P J192 3 SENSOR ASSY CRU M PL5 1 4 2 1 4 5 6 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG CARTRIDGE M SENSED L 3 3VDC P J193 3 SENSOR ASSY CR...

Page 814: ...of the DISPENSE MOTOR K C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR C CARTRIDGE Y SENSED L 3 3VDC Detection signal of the CRU SENSOR Y CARTRIDGE M SENSED L 3 3VDC Detection signal of the CRU SENSOR M CARTRIDGE K SENSED L 3 3VDC Detection signal of the CRU SENSOR K CARTRIDGE C SENSED L 3 3VDC Detection signal of the CRU SENSOR C D...

Page 815: ...USER ASSY PL6 1 10 1 2 3 4 LVPS PL9 1 4 LAMP CONTROL ZNA07010KA Thermostat Heater NC SNS 1 2 3 P J175 P J172 P1711 P J171 P J47 P J13 P J501 P1712 P1713 P J173 2 3 1 STS 1 2 2 P J176 1 1 2 3 EXIT SENSOR 1 2 3 3 2 1 200V Spec 3 1 N HEAT1 1 2 3 1 2 3 LINE P J171 P J47 5 6 10 9 xHEAT1 FUSER ON 3 3VDC 3 3VDC Used in production process only P J504 J5041 1 2 2 3 RELAY TEST LOW HARN ASSY LV TOP PL10 1 16...

Page 816: ...data measured by Temp Sensor for detecting high temperature analog value VC VD Temperature data measured by Temp Sensor for controlling temperature analog value FUSER EXIT SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Fuser Exit by the Sensor Photo EXIT SENSOR FUSER ON Lighting signal of Fuser Lamp RELAY TEST LOW RELAY TEST HIGH Test signal of the LVPS Used in production process only ...

Page 817: ...L1 2 15 SG 3 3VDC DEEP SLEEP SG STS CMD CREADY SREADY SG VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y SG HSYNC SG 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 17 18 18 17 P J40 1 2 3 4 P J220 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PWBA MCU PL9 1 20 LVPS PL9 1 4 CONSOLE PANEL PL1 2 16 ZNA07011KA P J111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P J10 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y 5VDC SG 3 3VDC SG SG DATA CLK 5VDC BACK LIGHT BL 5VDC 24 23 22 21 20 19 26 25 3...

Page 818: ...the PWBA MCU to the PWBA ESS CMD Command signal transmitted from the PWBA ESS to the PWBA MCU CREADY SREADY Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for receiving command signal VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y Signal for indicating registration position of each of images Y M C and K HSYNC Signal for data DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Video data of four colors DATA CLK BACK LIGHT BL ...

Page 819: ... DRIVE ASSY OPT FEED PL12 2 10 M P J42121 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL12 3 14 HARN ASSY C2 NO PAPER PL12 3 30 P J4211 4 3 2 C2 PAPER SIZE SW 3 ON L 3 3VDC C2 PAPER SIZE SW 2 ON L 3 3VDC C2 PAPER SIZE SW 1 ON L 3 3VDC SG FEED MOT ON FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT LOW SG I L 24VDC 1 SWITCH ASSY SIZE OPT PL12 2 5 P J4212 3 2 1 1 2 3 I L 24VDC TURN C...

Page 820: ...D CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH PAPER EMPTY SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo NO PAPER SENSOR PAPER SIZE SW 1 ON L 3 3VDC PAPER SIZE SW 2 ON L 3 3VDC PAPER SIZE SW 3 ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF signal of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE FEED MOT ON FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT LOW Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR Paper size Switches SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 LEGA...

Page 821: ...9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P J431 PWBA DUP HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR PL11 1 13 PL11 1 15 P J429 2 3 4 5 6 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL11 2 23 P J4301 3 2 1 PULL UP 3 3VDC SG DUP IN SENSED L 3 3VDC DUP JAM SENSOR PL11 1 12 I L 24VDC DUP MOT A DUP MOT XA DUP MOT B DUP MOT XB P J430 1 2 3 I L 24VDC DUP CL ON L 24VDC 1 2 CLUTCH DUP PL11 2 10 ZNA07013KA INTERLOCK 24VDC 3 3VDC INTERLOC...

Page 822: ...xd Control signal of the PWBA DUP DUP MOT A DUP MOT B DUP MOT XA DUP MOT XB Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DUP IN SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detect signal of the Duplex by the Sensor Photo DUP JAM SENSOR DUP CL ON L 24VDC ON OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH FAN 24VDC FAN ALARM Drive control signal of the DUP FAN ...

Page 823: ...dge 8 5 3 4 6 Cyan toner cartridge 8 6 3 5 Installation Space min installation space 8 6 4 Functions 8 8 4 1 Recording System 8 8 4 2 Exposure System 8 8 4 3 Development System 8 8 4 4 Fixing System 8 8 4 5 Resolution 8 8 4 6 Operation Mode 8 8 4 7 Warm up Time 8 9 4 8 FPOT First Print Output Time 8 9 4 9 Continuous Printing Speed 8 10 4 10 Input Properties 8 11 4 10 1 Paper pick up system 8 11 4 ...

Page 824: ... 8 1 3 Paper condition 8 18 8 1 4 Printer condition 8 18 8 1 5 Image quality guaranteed area 8 18 8 1 6 Criterion 8 18 9 Option 8 19 9 1 Options to be Installed by Users 8 19 10 ESS Specification 8 20 10 1 External Interface 8 20 10 1 1 USB 8 20 10 1 2 Ethernet 8 20 10 1 3 IEEE1284 8 20 10 1 4 Wireless 8 20 10 1 5 Interface Specification 8 21 10 2 Network Protocol 8 21 10 2 1 Printing Protocol 8 2...

Page 825: ... 3 2008 05 30 10 5 1 Job Logging 8 26 10 5 2 Error Logging 8 26 10 5 3 Billing Count 8 26 10 6 ID Print 8 26 10 7 3rd Party Mode 8 27 10 8 Utility Print 8 28 10 8 1 Printer Settings List 8 28 10 8 2 Panel Settings List Print 8 28 10 8 3 Font List Print 8 28 10 8 4 Job Log Print 8 28 ...

Page 826: ...Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS Version 3 2008 05 30 ...

Page 827: ...c Configuration The printer has the following basic configurations depending on the destination print engine main unit MSI and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding consumables CRU 1 2 Functional Configuration Functional configuration of this printer is shown below Zna08003KB Ten08014KA ...

Page 828: ...V printer voltage 220 240VAC 10 198 264V frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz 2 2 Power Consumption Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input 1 Full option configuration 2 3 Rush Current When the power switch is turned on the inrush current shall be maximum 50Amp Cold start 135Amp Hot start at first 2 5msec and 80Amp 110V 220V 85Amp 100V within 10msec Operation mode Average Wh h Running mod...

Page 829: ...ter Including MSI with its cover being closed And the ejection stacker is also being contained in the main unit 3 2 Dimensions Mass of Paper Tray Width mm Depth mm Height mm Mass kg 400 504 470 27 2 or less Tray Width mm Depth mm Height mm Mass kg For 550 sheet 388 506 7 134 4 7 6 or less Zna08005KA Kmy08006KA ...

Page 830: ...8 4 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Version 1 2007 12 28 3 3 Dimensions Mass of Duplex Width mm Depth mm Height mm Mass kg 283 319 78 1 0 or less Kmy08007KA ...

Page 831: ... 4 3 Black toner cartridge Width 303 8mm Depth 150mm Height 53 8mm Mass 1 03 4K 1 10 9K kg Reference The Black toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 3 4 4 Yellow toner cartridge Width 303 8mm Depth 150mm Height 53 8mm Mass 1 01 3K 1 10 9K kg Reference The Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 3 4 5 Magenta toner cartridge Width 303 8mm Depth 150mm Hei...

Page 832: ...4K 1 10 9K kg Reference The Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 3 5 Installation Space min installation space Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects Space occupied by the operator is not included Top view Zna08010KA 100mm Zna08011KB 600mm 130mm 100mm ...

Page 833: ...8 7 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Version 3 2008 05 30 Front view Side view 401mm 100mm 100mm Zna08012KB 504mm 350mm 600mm 130mm Front Cover Zna08013KB ...

Page 834: ...ommand from the printer controller or change of printer operation etc Proceeding from power ON low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going through a warm up stage Running mode State in running or recording operation Fixing system Held at operating temperature Exposure system Operating status Recording system Operating status Ready mode Ready state Fixing system Held at...

Page 835: ...ounded to one decimal place IOT performance that the controller does not have IOT wait The printer is in the standby mode ROS MOTOR OFF FUSER READY Paper is A4 SEF Except when process control is operating 1 1 Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control electric potential control cleaning cycle registration control and so on Sometimes the engine stops feeding papers for a ce...

Page 836: ...XP PCL6 J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tray1 BW Duplex 56 sec or less XP PCL6 J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tray2 Color Simplex 57 sec or less XP PCL6 J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tray2 BW Simplex 38 5 sec or less XP PCL6 J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tray2 Color Duplex 80 sec or less XP PCL6 J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tray2 BW Duplex 57 sec or less OSX PS J11E A4 Letter SEF Plain paper Tr...

Page 837: ...inter is S ARRF method Duplex paper feeder unit It can be installed as an option and it enables duplex printing Selection of Duplex Feeder Unit is designated from the controller 4 10 2 Paper pick up capacity Paper pick up with paper tray 550 sheet Paper Tray 550 sheets or below 59 4mm of standard paper 250 sheet Paper Tray 250 sheets or below 27 6mm of standard paper MSI paper pick up 150 sheets o...

Page 838: ...r delivery system Paper can be delivered by the following method FACE DOWN delivery 4 11 2 Paper delivery capacity FACE DOWN delivery 250 sheets Letter A4 standard paper 4 11 3 Delivery paper size mass FACE DOWN delivery All paper sizes applicable to this printer 4 11 4 Full stack detection non ...

Page 839: ...plicable range of specifications 4 12 2 Paper mass Paper feed from paper tray 60 to 216 gsm 16 lb to 80 lb Paper feed from MSI 60 to 216 gsm 16 lb to 80 lb 4 12 3 Paper size Paper size which can be set to each paper pick up unit is shown in the table below B W F C For domestic market P C2 For overseas market 4200DP X pressions Cassette Paper size 550 Sheet Paper Tray A5 B5 JIS IOS A4 Letter Execut...

Page 840: ...supply yellow toner to the development unit Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information Magenta toner cartridge Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information Cyan toner cartridge Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information 5 2 ...

Page 841: ...8 15 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Version 3 2008 05 30 Zna08001KB FUSER BLACK TONER CYAN TONER MAGENTA TONER YELLOW TONER TRANSFER BELT 250 TRAY FEED ROLLER Zna08002KA 550 TRAY FEED ROLLER ...

Page 842: ...h the printer is installed 1 degree or under Lateral levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed 1 degree or under 6 4 Ambient Lighting 3000 Lux or less without no direct sun beams 6 5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows Normal conditions 24 months under 0 to 35 C 15 to 80 RH Harsh conditions Up to one...

Page 843: ...040 220V system IEC60825 1 Amendment 1 Amendment 2 EN60825 1 Amendment 1 Amendment 2 Class 1 Laser Product 7 3 EMI 100V 110V system US FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B 220V system EC EN55022 CISPR Publication 22 Class B 7 4 Noise Noise of priting is as follows Noise Printer Engine Full option Engine Duplex 500Feeder Sound power Level B Impulse Sound Power Level B Sound power Level B Impulse Sound Pow...

Page 844: ...maximum size of each standard paper Xerox 4200DP 201b letter Black and White Xerox Digital Color Xpression 24lb letter Color 8 1 3 Paper condition The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking 8 1 4 Printer condition The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal co...

Page 845: ...ications Version 3 2008 05 30 9 Option 9 1 Options to be Installed by Users Users can install the following units 550 Feeder Unit Duplex Unit HDD Unit Expansion memory 512MB 1024MB Network Protocol Adapter Wireless Printer Adapter ...

Page 846: ...th USB Linux PC with USB Item Specification Connection 10 Base T 100 Base TX Protocol See 10 2 Network Protocol for details Supported Client Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP x64XP Server 2003 x64Server2003 Vista x64 Vista Server2008 TBD x64 Server2008 TBD PC Mac OS X PC Linux Unix PC Item Specification Connection Centronics 36pin x 1 Protocol Standard Nibble ECP Supported Client Windows NT4 0 2000 XP x64XP ...

Page 847: ...g Wireless Not installed Yes Yes Yes No Installed Yes Yes No Yes Protocol Transport Maximum Session 2 Supported Client LPD TCP IP 1 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP x64 XP Server 2003 x64 Server20033 Vista x64 Vista Server2008 TBD x64 Server2008 TBD Mac OSX Linux 4 Unix 4 Port9100 TCP IP 1 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP x64 XP Server 2003 x64 Server20033 Vista x64 Vista Server2008 TBD x64 Server2008 TBD IPP 5 TCP I...

Page 848: ...olaris 9 BOOTP UDP IP Supported OS Windows NT 4 0 Server Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 Windows x64 server 2003 Windows Server2008 TBD Windows x64 Server2008 TBD Unix Solaris 9 RARP TCP IP Supported OS Unix Solaris 9 AutoIP TCP IP Software Installer WINS TCP IP Supported OS Windows NT 4 0 Server Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 Windows x64 server 2003 Windows Server2008 TBD Windows...

Page 849: ...n 1 2007 12 28 1 Avaiable only Network protocol Adapter is installed DDNS 1 TCP IP Supported OS Windows NT 4 0 Server Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 Windows x64 server 2003 Windows Server2008 TBD Windows x64 Server2008 TBD Unix Solaris 9 ...

Page 850: ...on for writing PCL5 forms is supported 10 3 4 Image Area Interface Protocol PDL Emulation PCL5c PCL6 PS3 USB Yes Yes Yes 1284 Yes Yes Yes Lpd Yes Yes Yes Port9100 Yes Yes Yes IPP Yes Yes Yes SMB 1 Yes Yes Yes NetWare P Server 1 Yes Yes Yes EtherTalk A PAP 1 No No Yes Usable Area Size Maximum 215 9mm 8 5 in x 355 6mm 14 in Unprintable Area 4 1 mm each from four edges left right top and bottom of pa...

Page 851: ...ore Print This function is not available for MAC OS X 10 2 8 10 4 5 Proof Print When memory is expanded 512MB or more or HDD is installed proof print can be selected only when multiple sets of prints are specified in the printer driver The printer prints only the first set of the print data including a user name and document name specified in the printer driver Then the user can select whether the...

Page 852: ...by the panel operation Jam error log includes the following information TOTAL PV when jam has occurred Name of jam Fatal error log includes the following information TOTAL PV when error has occurred Error code 10 5 3 Billing Count The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC Datacheck checksum etc is conducted When ESS is replaced IC can be transferred IC is mounted on socket 10 6 ID...

Page 853: ... toner cartridges the printer can accept print request by the user s panel operation even if life of toner cartridge has ended When the mode has changed so that the printer does not stop even after life of toner cartridge ends the printer displays a message on the operation panel to inform the user of the mode change When the printer operates in this mode print image quality is not guaranteed Also...

Page 854: ...lf or full IPv4 IP address Subnet Mask Gateway Address Address Status IPv6 Address Manul Configuration Auto Configuration Status IPX SPX Frame type Network address IP Filter Address Mask Mode WirelessSetting SSID Network Type Link Quality Link Channel IEEE802 1x Authentication settings Other supported protocols Listed when wireless Printer Adapter is installed Printer Options Network Protocol Adap...

Reviews:

No comments

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands